Loading...
The URL can be used to link to this page
Your browser does not support the video tag.
Home
My WebLink
About
5800 NEWTON DR; ; FPC2022-0001; Permit
I J11e il1lI.]4I ((iity of Carlsbad eTIaer1mit Print Date: 07/12/2022 Permit No: FPC2022-0001 Job Address: 5800 NEWTON DR, CARLSBAD, CA 92008-7311 Status: Closed - Finaled Permit Type: FIRE-Construction Commercial Work Class: Fire Sprinklers Parcel #: 2121302000 Track #: Applied: 01/04/2022 Valuation: $354,970.00 Lot #: Issued: 02/10/2022 Occupancy Group: Project #: Finaled Close Out: 07/12/2022 #of Dwelling Units: Plan #: Bedrooms: Construction Type: Final Inspection: Bathrooms: Orig. Plan Check #: INSPECTOR: Cheung, Nathaniel Plan Check #: Salcedo, Felix Project Title: Description: PREMIER NUTRA PHARMA -RELOCATION OF HEADS, PROVIDE NEW UNDER MEZZ SYSTEM & CALCS (130 HEADS) Applicant: FPContractor: BRAD WRIGHT SCHMIDT FIRE PROTECTION CO INC 4760 MURPHY CANYON RD 4760 MURPHY CANYON RD SAN DIEGO, CA 92123-4321-SAN DIEGO SAN DIEGO, CA 92123-4321 (858) 279-6122 (858) 279-6122 FEE AMOUNT FIRE NFPA 13 or 13R System> 100 heads $719.00 Total Fees: $719.00 Total Payments To Date: $719.00 Balance Due: $0.00 Fire Department Page 1 of 1 1635 Faraday Avenue, Carlsbad CA 92008-7314 1 760-602-4665 1 760-602-8561 f I www.carlsbadca.gov 9c2J22- coot S S PREMIER NUTRA PHARMA MATERIAL SUBMITTAL & CALCULATIONS 5800 NEWTON DRIVE CARLSBAD, CA 92008 12-21-21 0 S TABLE OF CONTENTS 1. HYDRAULIC CALCULATIONS SPRINKLERS PIPE FITTINGS 5. HANGERS 6. EQB & LINE RESTRAINT 7. VALVES & MISC. 8, PREACTION PARTS SUBMITTAL 0 HYDRAULIC CALCULATIONS I* 0 Hydrau lit Ca k uat4ois by Hyd raCALc': Hydratec Incorporated 64 Haverhill Road Route 111 Windham, NH 03087 603-434-0502 Job Name : NUTRA PHARMA Drawing : SFP-1 036 Location : 5800 NEWTON ROAD Remote Area : 1 Contract Data File : SMALLER DIAMETER_CALCS.WXF Computer Programs by Hydratec Inc. Revision: 50.54.4 S Water SuP.Curve • Hydrat Incorporated Page 10 NUTRAPHARMA Date 12-9-21 City Water Supply: Demand: Cl - Static Pressure : 80 Dl - Elevation : 3.032 C2 - Residual Pressure: 72.7 D2 - System Flow : 466.537 C2 - Residual Flow : 1439 D2 - System Pressure : 56.587 Hose ( Demand) : 250 D3 - System Demand : 716.537 Safety Margin : 21.404 150 140 130 p120 R 11 E10° S90 Cl 80 - - ______ - C2 u 70 R6° -- p E5° •_( D3 40 30 20 10 - 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 FLOW (N A 1.85) Computer Programs by Hydratec Inc. Revision: 50.54.4 Fittings Us IN ummary Hydrates Incorporated Page NUTRAPHARMA Date 12-9-21 Fitting Lend Abbrev. same 1/2 % 1 11/4 11,4 2 2Y2 3 31,4 4 5 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 24 E tIFPA 13 90 Standard Elbow 1 2 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 10 12 14 18 22 27 35 40 45 50 61 T 14FPA1390' Flow thruTee 3 4 5 6 8 10 12 15 17 20 25 30 35 50 60 71 81 91 101 121 Units SlNnmary Diameter Units Inches Length Units Feet Flow Urds US Gallons per Minute PressuiUnits Pounds per Square Inch Note: FIng Legend provides equivalent pipe lengths for fittings types of various diameters. Equivalent lengths shown are standard for actual diameters of Sched 40 pipe and CFactors of 120 except as noted with *• The fittings marked with a * show equivalent lengths values suppliec±'by manufacturers based on specific pipe diameters and CFactors and they require no adjustnt. All values for fittings not marked with a * will be adjusted in the calculation for CFars of other than 120 and diameters other than Sched 40 per NFPA. Computer Programs by Hydratec Inc. Revision: 50.54.4 Pressure / Flow Summary - STANDARD Hydratec Incorporated Page 3 NUTRA PHARMA Date 12-9-21 Node Elevation K-Fact Pt Pn Flow Density Area Press Actual Actual Req. P1 252.0 5.6 25.11 na 28.06 0.2 130 7.0 P2 252.0 5.6 25.04 na 28.02 0.2 130 7.0 P3 252.0 5.6 26.11 na 28.61 0.2 130 7.0 Al 253.583 26.96 na A2 253.583 27.17 na A3 253.583 28.05 na RNI 253.583 28.77 na P4 252.0 5.6 23.31 na 27.04 0.2 130 7.0 P5 252.0 5.6 22.84 na 26.77 0.2 130 7.0 P6 252.0 5.6 24.25 na 27.57 0.2 130 7.0 A4 253.583 24.69 na AS 253.583 24.89 na A6 253.583 25.7 na RN2 253.583 26.37 na P7 252.0 5.6 22.07 na 26.31 0.2 130 7.0 P8 252.0 5.6 21.67 na 26.07 0.2 130 7.0 P9 252.0 5.6 22.94 na 26.82 0.2 130 7.0 A7 253.583 23.92 na A8 253.583 24.12 na A9 253.583 24.89 na RN3 253.583 25.52 na P10 252.0 5.6 21.95 na 26.24 0.2 130 7.0 P11 252.0 5.6 21.56 na 26.0 0.2 130 7.0 P12 252.0 5.6 22.82 na 26.75 0.2 130 7.0 AIO 253.583 23.8 na All 253.583 23.99 na Al2 253.583 24.76 na RN4 253.583 25.39 na NMI 253.083 31.88 na 253.083 28.15 na • 5 4 253.083 28.3 na 3 253.083 29.27 na NM2 253.083 32.42 na NM6 267.25 38.63 na P13 252.0 5.6 39.92 na 35.38 0.2 130 7.0 A13 269.083 42.8 na R13 269.083 42.83 na P14 252.0 5.6 40.67 na 35.71 0.2 130 7.0 A14 269.083 42.81 na R14 269.083 42.84 na P15 252.0 5.6 40.69 na 35.72 0.2 130 7.0 A15 269.083 42.83 na R15 269.083 42.86 na P16 252.0 5.6 40.09 na 35.46 0.2 130 7.0 A16 269.083 42.86 na R16 269.083 42.89 na RI 269.083 45.14 na R2 269.083 45.13 na R3 269.083 45.12 na R4 269.083 45.11 na R12 269.083 45.58 na RS 269.083 45.58 na RI 1 269.083 45.58 na R6 269.083 45.58 na RIO 269.083 45.58 na R7 269.083 45.58 na R9 269.083 43.29 na R8 269.083 45.15 na R17 269.083 43.28 na R28 269.083 45.2 na R18 269,083 43.3 na 269.083 45.19 na Computer Programs by Hydratec Inc. Revision: 50.54.4 Flow Summary - Standard Hydratec Incorporated NUTRA PHARMA ode Elevation K-Fact Pt Actual Pn Flow Actual R19 269.083 43.3 na R26 269.083 45.18 na R20 269.083 43.31 na R25 269.083 45.18 na R21 269.083 43.33 na R24 269.083 45.15 na R22 269.083 43.28 na R23 269.083 45.2 na TI 269.083 42.8 na M21 269.083 42.8 na M20 269.083 42.8 na M19 269.083 42.81 na M18 269.083 42.81 na M17 269.083 42.81 na M30 269.083 42.81 na M29 269.083 42.84 na M28 269.083 42.86 na M27 269.083 42.89 na M26 269.083 42.9 na M25 269.083 42.92 na M24 269.083 42.92 na M23 269.083 42.93 na M15 269.083 45.58 na M14 269.083 45.58 na M13 269.083 45.58 na M12 269.083 45.58 na Mil 269.083 45.59 na MIO 269.083 45.59 na M9 269.083 45.6 na 269.083 45.61 na 269.083 45.56 na 6 269.083 45.56 na M5 269.083 45.56 na M4 269.083 45.57 na M3 269.083 45.58 na M2 269.083 45.6 na Ml 269.083 45.61 na SRC 245.0 56.59 na 250.0 Page 4 Date 12-9-21 Density Area Press Req. The maximum velocity is 19.08 and it occurs in the pipe between nodes NM2 and NM6 Computer Programs by Hydratec Inc. Revision: 50.54.4 Final Calculations: Hazen-Williams Hydratec Incorporated Page 5 NUTRA PHARMA Date 12-9-21 Nodel Elevi K Qa Nom Fitting Pipe CFact Pt or Ftngs Pe ******* Notes ****** ode2 EIev2 Fact Qt Act Eqiv Len Total Pt/Ft Pf P1 252 5.60 28.06 1 E 2.0 3.417 120 25.109 to T 5.0 7.000 -0.686 Al 253.583 28.06 1.049 10.417 0.2435 2.537 Vel = 10.42 0.0 Al 28.06 26.960 K Factor = 5.40 P2 252 5.60 28.02 1 E 2.0 4.625 120 25.037 to T 5.0 7.000 -0.686 A2 253.583 28.02 1.049 11.625 0.2429 2.824 Vel = 10.40 0.0 A2 28.02 27.175 KFactor = 5.38 P3 252 5.60 28.61 1 E 2.0 3.417 120 26.107 to T 5.0 7.000 -0.686 A3 253.583 28.61 1.049 10.417 0.2524 2.629 Vel = 10.62 0.0 A3 28.61 28.050 K Factor = 5.40 Al 253.583 28.06 1.5 8.792 120 26.960 to 0.0 A2 253.583 28.06 1.682 8.792 0.0245 0.215 Vel = 4.05 A2 253.583 28.02 1.5 9.958 120 27.175 to 0.0 253.583 56.08 1.682 9.958 0.0879 0.875 Vel = 8.10 .3 3 253.583 28.62 1.5 3.792 120 28.050 to 0.0 RNl 253.583 84.7 1.682 3.792 0.1888 0.716 Vel = 12.23 RNI 253.583 0.0 1.5 E 4.95 0.500 120 28.766 to T 9.9 14.850 0.217 NMI 253.083 84.7 1.682 15.350 0.1885 2.893 Vel = 12.23 0.0 NMI 84.70 31.876 K Factor = 15.00 P4 252 5.60 27.04 1 E 2.0 2.083 120 23.312 to T 5.0 7.000 -0.686 A4 253.583 27.04 1.049 9.083 0.2273 2.065 Vel = 10.04 0.0 A4 27.04 24.691 K Factor = 5.44 P5 252 5.60 26.77 1 2E 4.0 3.250 120 22.844 to T 5.0 9.000 -0.686 AS 253.583 26.77 1.049 12.250 0.2231 2.733 Vel = 9.94 0.0 AS 26.77 24.891 K Factor = 5.37 P6 252 5.60 27.57 1 E 2.0 2.083 120 24.247 to T 5.0 7.000 -0.686 A6 253.583 27.57 1.049 9.083 0.2357 2.141 Vel = 10.23 0.0 A6 27.57 25.702 K Factor = 5.44 27.04 1.5 8.792 120 24.691 w 253.583 0.0 AS 253.583 27.04 1.682 8.792 0.0227 0.200 Vel = 3.90 Computer Programs by Hydratec Inc. Revision: 50.54.4 Final Calculations: Hazen-Williams Hydratec Incorporated Page 6 NUTRA PHARMA Date 12-9-21 Nodel Elevi K Qa Nom Fitting Pipe CFact Pt or Ftngs Pe Notes ****** ode2 Etev2 Fact Qt Act Eqiv Len Total Pf/Ft Pf A5 253.583 26.76 1.5 9.958 120 24.891 to 0.0 A6 253.583 53.8 1.682 9.958 0.0814 0.811 Vet = 7.77 A6 253.583 27.58 1.5 3.792 120 25.702 to 0.0 RN2 253.583 81.38 1.682 3.792 0.1751 0.664 Vet = 11.75 RN2 253.583 0.0 1.5 E 4.95 0.500 120 26.366 to T 9.9 14.850 0.217 NM3 253.083 81.38 1.682 15.350 0.1751 2.688 Vel = 11.75 0.0 NM3 81.38 29.271 KFactor= 15.04 P7 252 5.60 26.31 1 E 2.0 4.750 120 22.070 to T 5.0 7.000 -0.686 A7 253.583 26.31 1.049 11.750 0.2162 2.540 Vel= 9.77 0.0 A7 26.31 23.924 K Factor= 5.38 P8 252 5.60 26.07 1 2E 4.0 5.750 120 21.670 to T 5.0 9.000 -0.686 A8 253.583 26.07 1.049 14.750 0.2125 3.135 Vel = 9.68 0.0 26.07 24.119 K Factor = 5.31 .8 9 252 5.60 26.82 1 E 2.0 4.750 120 22.944 to T 5.0 7.000 -0.686 A9 253.583 26.82 1.049 11.750 0.2241 2.633 Vet = 9.96 0.0 A9 26.82 24.891 K Factor = 5.38 A7 253.583 26.31 1.5 9.000 120 23.924 to 0.0 A8 253.583 26.31 1.682 9.000 0.0217 0.195 Vet = 3.80 A8 253.583 26.07 1.5 9.958 120 24.119 to 0.0 A9 253.583 52.38 1.682 9.958 0.0775 0.772 Vet = 7.56 A9 253.583 26.82 1.5 3.792 120 24.891 to 0.0 RN3 253.583 79.2 1.682 3.792 0.1664 0.631 Vel = 11.44 RN3 253.583 0.0 1.5 E 4.95 0.500 120 25.522 to T 9.9 14.850 0.217 NM4 253.083 79.2 1.682 15.350 0.1665 2.556 Vel = 11.44 0.0 NM4 79.20 28.295 K Factor= 14.89 1310 252 5.60 26.24 1 E 2.0 4.750 120 21.954 to T 5.0 7.000 -0.686 AIO 253.583 26.24 1.049 11.750 0.2151 2.527 Vel = 9.74 0.0 All,kAl 26.24 23.795 K Factor= 5.38 'ii 252 5.60 26.00 1 2E 4.0 5.750 120 21.556 to T 5.0 9.000 -0.686 All 26.0 1.049 14.70 0.211 .1l9 VI = 9.66 Computer Programs by Hydratec Inc. Revision: 50.54.4 Final Calculations: Hazen-Williams Hydratec Incorporated Page 7 NUTRA PHARMA Date 12-9-21 Nodel Elevl K Qa Nom Fitting Pipe CFact Pt or Ftngs Pe Notes ode2 Elev2 Fact Qt Act Eqiv Len Total Pf/Ft Pf 0.0 All 26.00 23.989 K Factor = 5.31 P12 252 5.60 26.75 1 E 2.0 4.750 120 22.824 to T 5.0 7.000 -0.686 Al2 253.583 26.75 1.049 11.750 0.2229 2.619 Vel = 9.93 0.0 Al2 26.75 24.757 K Factor = 5.38 AID 253.583 26.24 1.5 9.000 120 23.795 to 0.0 All 253.583 26.24 1.682 9.000 0.0216 0.194 Vet = 3.79 All 253.583 26.00 1.5 9.958 120 23.989 to 0.0 Al2 253.583 52.24 1.682 9.958 0.0771 0.768 Vel = 7.54 Al2 253.583 26.75 1.5 3.792 120 24.757 to 0.0 RN4 253.583 78.99 1.682 3.792 0.1659 0.629 Vel = 11.41 RN4 253.583 0.0 1.5 E 4.95 0.500 120 25.386 to T 9.9 14.850 0.217 NM5 253.083 78.99 1.682 15.350 0.1657 2.543 Vel = 11.41 0.0 ,M5 78.99 28.146 K Factor = 14.89 Ml 253.083 84.70 2.5 T 16.474 9.250 120 31.876 to 16.474 0.0 NM2 253.083 84.7 2.635 25.724 0.0212 0.545 Vel = 4.98 0.0 NM2 84.70 32.421 K Factor = 14.88 NM5 253.083 78.99 2.5 8.000 120 28.146 to 0.0 NM4 253.083 78.99 2.635 8.000 0.0186 0.149 Vel = 4.65 NM4 253.083 79.20 2.5 14.500 120 28.295 to 0.0 NM3 253.083 158.19 2.635 14.500 0.0673 0.976 Vel = 9.31 NM3 253.083 81.38 2.5 T 16.474 5.250 120 29.271 to 16.474 0.0 NM2 253.083 239.57 2.635 21.724 0.1450 3.150 Vel = 14.09 NM2 253.083 84.70 2.5 T 16.474 15.667 120 32.421 to 2E 16.474 32.948 -6.136 NM6 267.250 324.27 2.635 48.615 0.2539 12.343 Vet = 19.08 NM6 267.250 0.0 2.5 T 16.474 3.083 120 38.628 to 16.474 -0.794 TI 269.083 324.27 2.635 19.557 0.2539 4.965 Vel = 19.08 0.0 TI 324.27 42.799 K Factor = 49.57 P13 252 5.60 35.38 1 2E 4.0 18.500 120 39.920 T 5.0 9.000 -7.399 013 269.083 35.38 1.049 27.500 0.3739 10.282 Vel = 13.13 A13 269.083 0.0 2 2.083 120 42.803 In 0.0 R13 269.083 35.38 2.067 2.083 0.0139 0.029 Vel = 3.38 Computer Programs by Hydratec Inc. Revision: 50.54.4 Final Calculations: Hazen-Williams Hydratec Incorporated Page 8 NUTRA PHARMA Date 12-9-21 Nodel Elevi K Qa Nom Fitting Pipe CFact Pt *Ode2 or Ftngs Pe ******* Notes EIev2 Fact Qt Act Eqiv Len Total Pf/Ft Pf R13 269.083 -45.15 2 2T 20.0 1.833 120 42.832 to 20.000 0.0 M21 269.083 -9.77 2.067 21.833 -0.0013 -0.028 Vel = 0.93 0.0 M21 -9.77 42.804 K Factor = -1.49 P14 252 5.60 35.71 1 2E 4.0 16.083 120 40.667 to T 5.0 9.000 -7.399 A14 269.083 35.71 1.049 25.083 0.3803 9.540 Vel = 13.26 A14 269.083 0.0 2 2.167 120 42.808 to 0.0 R14 269.083 35.71 2.067 2.167 0.0138 0.030 Vel = 3.41 R14 269.083 -45.13 2 2T 20.0 1.833 120 42.838 to 20.000 0.0 M30 269.083 -9.42 2.067 21.833 -0.0012 -0.026 Vel = 0.90 0.0 M30 -9.42 42.812 KFactor= -1.44 P15 252 5.60 35.72 1 2E 4.0 16.083 120 40.685 to T 5.0 9.000 -7.399 A15 269.083 35.72 1.049 25.083 0.3805 9.545 Vel = 13.26 A15 269.083 0.0 2 2.250 120 42.831 . 0.0 15 269.083 35.72 2.067 2.250 0.0138 0.031 Vel = 3.42 R15 269.083 -44.98 2 2T 20.0 1.833 120 42.862 to 20.000 0.0 M29 269.083 -9.26 2.067 21.833 -0.0011 -0.025 Vel = 0.89 0.0 M29 -9.26 42.837 K Factor = -1.41 P16 252 5.60 35.46 1 2E 4.0 18.083 120 40.089 to T 5.0 9.000 -7.399 A16 269.083 35.46 1.049 27.083 0.3754 10.166 Vel = 13.16 A16 269.083 0.0 2 2.250 120 42.856 to 0.0 R16 269.083 35.46 2.067 2.250 0.0138 0.031 Vel = 3.39 R16 269.083 -44.87 2 2T 20.0 1.833 120 42.887 to 20.000 0.0 M28 269.083 -9.41 2.067 21.833 -0.0012 -0.026 Vel = 0.90 0.0 M28 -9.41 42.861 K Factor = -1.44 R16 269.083 44.87 2 T 12.307 117.833 120 42.887 to 12.307 0.0 RI 269.083 44.87 2.157 130.140 0.0173 2.256 Vel = 3.94 RI 269.083 0.0 2 2T 20.0 1.833 120 45.143 to 20.000 0.0 M8 269.083 44.87 2.067 21.833 0.0213 0.466 Vel = 4.29 8 .1 0.0 44.87 45.609 K Factor = 6.64 R15 269.083 44.98 2 T 12.307 117.833 120 42.862 to 1.301 0.0 R2 269.083 44.98 2.157 130.140 0.0174 2.266 Vel = 3.95 Computer Programs by Hydratec Inc. Revision: 50.54.4 Final Calculations: Hazen-Williams Hydratec Incorporated Page 9 NUTRA PHARMA Date 12-9-21 Node I Elevi K Qa Nom Fitting Pipe CFact Pt or Ftngs Pe Notes ****** ode2 EIev2 Fact Qt Act Eqiv Len Total Pf/Ft Pf R2 269.083 0.0 2 21 20.0 1.833 120 45.128 to 20.000 0.0 M9 269.083 44.98 2.067 21.833 0.0214 0.468 Vel = 4.30 0.0 M9 44.98 45.596 K Factor = 6.66 R14 269.083 45.13 2 T 12.307 117.833 120 42.838 to 12.307 0.0 R3 269.083 45.13 2.157 130.140 0.0175 2.280 Vel = 3.96 R3 269.083 0.0 2 21 20.0 1.833 120 45.118 to 20.000 0.0 MIO 269.083 45.13 2.067 21.833 0.0216 0.471 Vel = 4.31 0.0 MIO 45.13 45.589 K Factor = 6.68 R13 269.083 45.15 2 T 12.307 117.833 120 42.832 to 12.307 0.0 R4 269.083 45.15 2.157 130.140 0.0175 2.282 Vel = 3.96 R4 269.083 0.0 2 21 20.0 1.833 120 45.114 to 20.000 0.0 M11 269.083 45.15 2.067 21.833 0.0216 0.472 Vel = 4.32 0.0 '11 45.15 45.586 K Factor= 6.69 12 269.083 0.0 2 T 12.307 117.083 120 45.585 to 12.307 0.0 R5 269.083 0.0 2.157 129.390 0 0.0 Vel = 0 R5 269.083 0.0 2 2T 20.0 1.833 120 45.585 to 20.000 0.0 M12 269.083 0.0 2.067 21.833 0 0.0 Vel = 0 0.0 M12 0.0 45.585 K Factor = 0 R11 269.083 0.0 2 T 12.307 122.083 120 45.584 to 2E 12.307 24.614 0.0 R6 269.083 0.0 2.157 146.697 0 0.0 Vel = 0 R6 269.083 0.0 2 21 20.0 1.833 120 45.584 to 20.000 0.0 M13 269.083 0.0 2.067 21.833 0 0.0 Vel = 0 0.0 M13 0.0 45.584 K Factor = 0 RIO 269.083 0.0 2 T 12.307 122.083 120 45.583 to 2E 12.307 24.614 0.0 R7 269.083 0.0 2.157 146.697 0 0.0 Vel =0 R7 269.083 0.0 2 21 20.0 1.833 120 45.583 to 20.000 0.0 M14 269.083 0.0 2.07 21.833 0 0.0 Vel = 0 0.0 0.0 45.583 K Factor = 0 .14 9 269.083 -43.26 2 21 20.0 1.833 120 43.289 to 20.000 116.540 MIa H -43.0 9.007 1.03 -0.019 -0.40 Vol 4.14 Computer Programs by Hydratec Inc. Revision: 50.54.4 Final Calculations: Hazen-Williams Hydratec Incorporated Page 10 NUTRA PHARMA Date 12-9-21 Node I Elevl K Qa Nom Fitting Pipe CFact Pt or Ftngs Pe Notes ode2 EIev2 Fact Qt Act Eqiv Len Total Pf/Ft Pf 0.0 M16 -43.26 159.394 K Factor = -3.43 R9 269.083 43.26 2 T 12.307 102.333 120 43.289 to 12.307 0.0 R8 269.083 43.26 2.157 114.640 0.0162 1.857 Vel = 3.80 R8 269.083 0.0 2 2T 20.0 1.833 120 45.146 to 20.000 0.0 M15 269.083 43.26 2.067 21.833 0.0200 0.436 Vel = 4.14 0.0 M15 43.26 45.582 K Factor = 6.41 R17 269.083 -41.10 2 2T 20.0 1.833 120 43.283 to 20.000 0.0 M27 269.083 -41.1 2.067 21.833 -0.0181 -0.396 Vel = 3.93 0.0 M27 -41.10 42.887 KFactor= -6.28 R17 269.083 41.10 2 T 12.307 117.833 120 43.283 to 12.307 0.0 R28 269.083 41.1 2.157 130.140 0.0147 1.918 VeI= 3.61 R28 269.083 0.0 2 2T 20.0 1.833 120 45.201 to 20.000 0.0 269.083 41.1 2.067 21.833 0.0181 0.396 Vel = 3.93 Mw 0.0 M2 41.10 45.597 K Factor = 6.09 R18 269.083 -40.80 2 21 20.0 1.833 120 43.296 to 20.000 0.0 M26 269.083 -40.8 2.067 21.833 -0.0179 -0.391 Vel = 3.90 0.0 M26 -40.80 42.905 K Factor= -6.23 R18 269.083 40.80 2 T 12.307 117.833 120 43.296 to 12.307 0.0 R27 269.083 40.8 2.157 130.140 0.0145 1.892 Vel = 3.58 R27 269.083 0.0 2 2T 20.0 1.833 120 45.188 to 20.000 0.0 M3 269.083 40.8 2.067 21.833 0.0179 0.390 Vel = 3.90 0.0 M3 40.80 45.578 K Factor = 6.04 R19 269.083 -40.60 2 2T 20.0 1.833 120 43.304 to 20.000 0.0 M25 269.083 -40.6 2.067 21.833 -0.0177 -0.387 Vel = 3.88 0.0 M25 -40.60 42.917 K Factor= -6.20 R19 269.083 40.60 2 T 12.307 117.833 120 43.304 to 12.307 0.0 R26 269.083 40.6 2.157 130.140 0.0144 1.875 Vel = 3.56 .2 6269.083 0.0 2 2T 20.0 1.833 120 45.179 20.000 0.0 M4 269.083 40.6 2.067 21.833 0.0177 0.387 Vel = 3.88 Computer Programs by Hydratec Inc. Revision: 50.54.4 Final Calculations: Hazen-Williams Hydratec Incorporated Page 11 NUTRA PHARMA Date 12-9-21 Nodel Elevi K Qa Nom Fitting Pipe CFact Pt 4k or Ftngs Pe Notes ode2 Elev2 Fact Qt Act Eqiv Len Total Pf/Ft Pf 0.0 M4 40.60 45.566 K Factor = 6.01 R20 269.083 -40.51 2 2T 20.0 1.833 120 43.308 to 20.000 0.0 M24 269.083 -40.51 2.067 21.833 -0.0177 -0.386 Vel = 3.87 0.0 M24 -40.51 42.922 K Factor = -6.18 R20 269.083 40.51 2 T 12.307 117.833 120 43.308 to 12.307 0.0 R25 269.083 40.51 2.157 130.140 0.0143 1.867 Vel = 3.56 R25 269.083 0.0 2 2T 20.0 1.833 120 45.175 to 20.000 0.0 M5 269.083 40.51 2.067 21.833 0.0177 0.386 Vel = 3.87 0.0 MS 40.51 45.561 K Factor = 6.00 R21 269.083 -41.53 2 2T 20.0 1.833 120 43.331 to 20.000 0.0 M23 269.083 -41.53 2.067 21.833 -0.0185 -0.404 Vel = 3.97 0.0 M23 -41.53 42.927 K Factor = -6.34 w1 269.083 41.53 2 T 12.307 109.083 120 43.331 12.307 0.0 R24 269.083 41.53 2.157 121.390 0.0150 1.824 VeI= 3.65 R24 269.083 0.0 2 2T 20.0 1.833 120 45.155 to 20.000 0.0 M6 269.083 41.53 2.067 21.833 0.0185 0.403 Vel = 3.97 0.0 M6 41.53 45.558 KFactor= 6.15 R22 269.083 -38.61 2 2T 20.0 1.833 120 43.281 to 20.000 116.540 M22 0 -38.61 2.067 21.833 -0.0162 -0.353 Vel = 3.69 0.0 M22 -38.61 159.468 K Factor = -3.06 R22 269.083 38.61 2 T 10.0 109.083 120 43.281 to 10.000 0.0 R23 269.083 38.61 2.067 119.083 0.0162 1.924 Vel = 3.69 R23 269.083 0.0 2 2T 20.0 1.833 120 45.205 to 20.000 0.0 M7 269.083 38.61 2.067 21.833 0.0161 0.352 Vel = 3.69 0.0 M7 38.61 45.557 K Factor = 5.72 TI 269.083 53.03 6 T 37.72 5.500 120 42.799 to 37.720 0.0 M21 269.083 53.03 6.357 43.220 0.0001 0.005 Vel = 0.54 w21 269.083 -9.77 6 11.500 120 42.804 0.0 M20 269.083 43.26 6.357 11.500 0.0001 0.001 Vel = 0.44 Computer Programs by Hydratec Inc. Revision: 50.54.4 Final Calculations: Hazen-Williams Hydratec Incorporated Page 12 NUTRA PHARMA Date 12-9-21 Nodel Elevi K Qa Nom Fitting Pipe CFact Pt or Ftngs Pe ******* Notes ode2 Elev2 Fact Qt Act Eqiv Len Total Pt/Ft Pf M20 269.083 0.0 6 12.500 120 42.805 to 0.0 M19 269.083 43.26 6.357 12.500 0.0001 0.001 Vel = 0.44 M19 269.083 0.0 6 11.000 120 42.806 to 0.0 M18 269.083 43.26 6.357 11.000 0.0001 0.001 Vel = 0.44 M18 269.083 0.0 6 3.167 120 42.807 to 0.0 M17 269.083 43.26 6.357 3.167 0 0.0 Vel = 0.44 M17 269.083 0.0 3 21.583 120 42.807 to 116.540 M16 0 43.26 3.26 21.583 0.0022 0.047 Vel = 1.66 0.0 M16 43.26 159.394 K Factor = 3.43 TI 269.083 271.24 6 5.500 120 42.799 to 0.0 M30 269.083 271.24 6.357 5.500 0.0024 0.013 Vel = 2.74 M30 269.083 -9.42 6 10.500 120 42.812 to 0.0 M29 269.083 261.82 6.357 10.500 0.0024 0.025 Vel = 2.65 w29 269.083 -9.26 6 11.000 120 42.837 0.0 M28 269.083 252.56 6.357 11.000 0.0022 0.024 Vel = 2.55 M28 269.083 -9.41 6 12.500 120 42.861 to 0.0 M27 269.083 243.15 6.357 12.500 0.0021 0.026 Vet = 2.46 M27 269.083 -41.10 6 12.500 120 42.887 to 0.0 M26 269.083 202.05 6.357 12.500 0.0014 0.018 Vel = 2.04 M26 269.083 -40.80 6 12.500 120 42.905 to 0.0 M25 269.083 161.25 6.357 12.500 0.0010 0.012 Vel = 1.63 M25 269.083 -40.60 6 10.000 120 42.917 to 0.0 M24 269.083 120.65 6.357 10.000 0.0005 0.005 Vet = 1.22 M24 269.083 -40.51 6 18.833 120 42.922 to 0.0 M23 269.083 80.14 6.357 18.833 0.0003 0.005 Vel = 0.81 M23 269.083 -41.53 6 12.500 120 42.927 to 116.540 M22 0 38.61 6.357 12.500 0.0001 0.001 Vel = 0.39 0.0 M22 38.61 159.468 K Factor = 3.06 M15 269.083 43.26 6 11.750 120 45.582 14 269.083 43.26 .1 0.0 6.357 11.750 0.0001 0.001 Vel = 0.44 M14 269.083 0.0 6 11.000 120 45.583 tp Q•Q M13 269.083 43.26 6.357 11.000 0.0001 0.001 Vel = 0.44 Computer Programs by Hydratec Inc. Revision: 50.54.4 Final Calculations: Hazen-Williams Hydratec Incorporated Page 13 NUTRA PHARMA Date 12-9-21 Nodel Elevl K Qa Nom Fitting Pipe CFact Pt or Ftngs Pe ******* Notes 0de2 EIev2 Fact Qt Act Eqiv Len Total P1/Ft Pf M13 269.083 0.0 6 12.500 120 45.584 to 0.0 M12 269.083 43.26 6.357 12.500 0.0001 0.001 Vel = 0.44 M12 269.083 0.0 6 11.500 120 45.585 to 0.0 M11 269.083 43.26 6.357 11.500 0.0001 0.001 Vel = 0.44 M11 269.083 45.15 6 11.000 120 45.586 to 0.0 MIO 269.083 88.41 6.357 11.000 0.0003 0.003 Vel = 0.89 MIO 269.083 45.13 6 10.500 120 45.589 to 0.0 M9 269.083 133.54 6.357 10.500 0.0007 0.007 Vel = 1.35 M9 269.083 44.98 6 11.000 120 45.596 to 0.0 M8 269.083 178.52 6.357 11.000 0.0012 0.013 Vel = 1.80 M8 269.083 44.86 6 3.500 120 45.609 to 0.0 Ml 269.083 223.38 6.357 3.500 0.0017 0.006 Vel = 2.26 0.0 Ml 223.38 45.615 K Factor = 33.07 V 7 269.083 38.61 6 12.500 120 45.557 0.0 M6 269.083 38.61 6.357 12.500 0.0001 0.001 Vel = 0.39 M6 269.083 41.53 6 10.000 120 45.558 to 0.0 MS 269.083 80.14 6.357 10.000 0.0003 0.003 Vel = 0.81 MS 269.083 40.51 6 10.000 120 45.561 to 0.0 M4 269.083 120.65 6.357 10.000 0.0005 0.005 Vel = 1.22 M4 269.083 40.60 6 12.500 120 45.566 to 0.0 M3 269.083 161.25 6.357 12.500 0.0010 0.012 Vel = 1.63 M3 269.083 40.80 6 12.500 120 45.578 to 0.0 M2 269.083 202.05 6.357 12.500 0.0015 0.019 Vel = 2.04 M2 269.083 41.10 6 8.958 120 45.597 to 0.0 Ml 269.083 243.15 6.357 8.958 0.0020 0.018 Vel = 2.46 Ml 269.083 223.39 6 T 37.72 24.000 120 45.615 to E 17.603 55.323 10.430 SRC 245 466.54 6.357 79.323 0.0068 0.542 Vel = 4.72 250.00 Qa= 250.00 SRC 716.54 56.587 K Factor = 95.25 Computer Programs by Hydratec Inc. Revision: 50.54.4 SPRINKLERS S S 0 IL3 Pendent/Fl/F2 Horizontal Sidewall Pendent/FP 519 =rx a, Pendent F1/F2 Pendent FP The F156, F142, F1XLH & F128 Series Automatic Sprin- kler utilizes a 5.0 mm frangible glass bulb. The glass bulb consists of an accurately controlled amount of special fluid hermetically sealed inside a precisely manufactured glass capsule. This glass bulb is specially constructed to provide fast thermal response. At normal temperatures, the glass bulb contains the fluid in both the liquid phase and in the vapor phase. The vapor phase can be seen as a small bubble. As heat is applied, the liquid expands forcing the bubble smaller and smaller as the liquid pressure increases. Continued heating forces the liquid to push out against the bulb, causing the glass to shatter, opening the waterway and allowing the deflector to distribute the discharging water. The Fl 56, Fl 42, Fl XLH & Fl 28 Series Sprinkler tempera- ture rating is identified by the color of the glass bulb capsule as well as frame color where applicable. Bulletin 013 August 2021 Relmlabi Models Fl Series Standard Response Sprinklers Model F156 Sprinkler Types Standard Upright Standard Pendent Conventional Vertical Sidewall Horizontal Sidewall Model Fl 56 Recessed Sprinkler Types Pendent/Fl/F2/FP Horizontal Sidewall Model F142, FIXLH & F128 Sprinkler Types Standard Upright Standard Pendent Model F142, FIXLH & F128 Recessed Sprinkler Types Pendent/Fl/F2/FP Approval Organizations Underwriters Laboratories Inc. and certified for Can- ada (cULus) Factory Mutual Approvals (FM) Loss Prevention Council (LPCB, UK) VdS Schadenverhutung GmbH EC Certificate: 0786-CPD-40237 (RA1 314) 0786-CPD-40253 (RA1 325) 0786-CPD-40254 (RA1 375) UL Listing Category Sprinklers, Automatic & Open (VNIV) Product Description The F156, F142, F1XLH & F128 Series Glass Bulb Sprin- kler combines the durability of a standard sprinkler with the attractive low profile of a decorative sprinkler. Whether in- stalled on exposed piping or in an office ceiling, it is func- tional and attractive. Beautifully versatile is the description for the Reliable Mod- els F156, F142, F1XLH & F128 Series Recessed glass bulb sprinkler. Recessing the F156, F142, F1XLH & F128 Series enhances its already low profile decorative appearance, and facilitates a rapid and perfect installation. The recessed escutcheon of the Models F156, F142, F1XLH & F128 are highly adjustable. The two piece con- struction makes field installation a very easy and rapid task. This also allows ceiling panels to later be removed without shutting down the fire protection system, thus facilitating maintenance of above ceiling services. Reliable Automatic Sprinkler Co., Inc., 103 Fairview Park Drive, Elmsford, New York 10523 Model F142, F1XLH Upright Technical data: Thread Max. Mm. Temperature Models Nominal K-Factor Response Size Working Working Rating Finish Pressure Pressure F156 5.6 (80 Metric) 250 PSI* 1/2 NPT See See F142 FIXLH 4.2 (60 Metric) Standard (RI/2) 7 PSI "Temperature "Finish Table" 175 PSI Ratings' Table F128 2.8 (40 Metric) Material Data: Frame Deflector Load Screw Pintle Cup Washer Bulb CDA Alloy 260, CDA Alloy 360 CDA Alloy 360 CDA Alloy 651 DZR Brass CDA Alloy 220 or or or Nickel Alloy 440 or Alloy 360 Glass QM Brass or CDA Alloy 544 CDA Alloy 544 CDA Alloy 693 coated with PIFE Adhesive Tape CDA Alloy 510 *Note: Model F156 upright, pendent, and recessed pendent sprinklers (SIN RA1 325 and RA1 314) are cULus Listed for 250 psi (17 bar). 2. Model F156, Upright, Pendent & Conventional Sprinklers Model F142, FIXLH & F128 Upright & Pendent Sprinklers Installation Wrench: Model W2 Sprinkler Wrench Installation Data: Nominal Orifice Thread Size Nominal K-Factor Sprinkler Height Approval Organization Sprinkler Identification Number Sp (SIN) US I Metric Upright I Pendent StandarrJUpnciht (SSU) and pendent Deflectors Marked to Indicate Position 1,4" (15mm) (1) I 1/2' NPT (R14) 5.6 I 80 1 2.25" (57mm) 1 1,2.3.4.5 I RA132F&J()tJtt') ii l RAJ' 14(2))3)(5))6) ] (10mm) 1 1/2" NPT (R14) 4.2 I 60 1 2.25" (57mm) 1 1 1 RA1323 26 I RA1313)6> 3/ (10mm) 1 %" NPT(R1/) 2.8 I 40 1 2.25" (57mm) 1 RA13212>6 I RA1311)6) Conventional-Install in Upright or Pendent Position 15mm (1) 1,4" NPT (R114) I 5.6 I 80 I 57mm 1 3,4, 5 I RA13755 Refer to Bulletin 024 for Special Response Sprinklers (El S5-56) cULus Listed corrosion resistant (Polyester coated) sprinkler. Polyester coated FM Approved sprinkler. Polyester coated LPCB & VdS approved sprinkler RA1325, RA1314 & RA1375. Electroless Nickel PTFE Plated - UL listed corrosion Resistant Upright Pendent Conventional Model F156, F142, FIXLH & F128 Recessed Pendent Sprinklers(1) Installation Wrench: Model W4 Sprinkler Wrench Installation Data: Nominal Orifice Thread Size Nominal K-Factor Sprinkler Height Sprinkler Identification Number (SIN) US Metric I W (15mm) W NPI (R'M 5.6 tiU 2.25 (Simm) RA1314V) I 7 A6" (10mm) 1/2' NPT (R%) 4.2 60 2.25" (57mm) RAJ 3132 3/s" (10mm) 1/2" NPT (R114) 2.8 40 2.25" (57mm) RA1 311)2) Refer to escutcheon data table for approvals & dimensions Electroless Nickel PTFE Plated - cULus listed Corrosion Resistant L:F TO 1ACE D" CEILING D'.ZW_ __ AT I-IIMIIM RECM 3/47F RECESSED PENDENT W/F1 OR F2 ESCUTCHEON 'SPRINKLER NOT FM APFROWD 47774 Ff £SCUICNEON Model F156, F142, FIXLH & F128 Fl or F2 r I C 7/2' REDUCER 2 518- DA (067mm] - HOLE IN CEILING I I I 2 5/76' D (58.7mm] CUP CEILING FACE OF FITTING I 70 FACE OF CEILING I DIMENSION IAT MAXIMUM RECESS = 7-7/2738mm] MINIMUM RECESS = 7 725,8mm] AT MUM RECESS - 9/70774.3mm] 15750 Ar MINIMUM RECESS - I 725,Amm] AD.JUS7MENr 1/4 . - (82.6mm] RECESSED PENDENT W/FP ESCUTCHEON mXMm47 SPRINKLER NOT FM APPROVED 47774 FR ESCUTCHEON Model F156, F142, F1XLH & F128 FP 3. Vertical Sidewall Model Fl 56 Vertical Sidewall Sprinkler Installation Wrench: Model W2 Sprinkler Wrench Installation Position: Upright or Pendent Approval Type: Light Hazard Occupancy SJ.S. Patent No. 6,374,920 Sprinkler Type Deflector to Ceiling Distance (Min. - Max.) Upright 4(102mm) - 12" (305mm) Pendent 4(102mm) - 12" (305mm) Installation Data: Nominal Orifice Thread Size I I Nominal K Factor Sprinkler I Height Approval I Organizations I Sprinkler Identification I I I US I Metric Numbers (SIN) 1/2" (15mm) 1A" NPT (R1,4) 5.6 80 2.25" (57mm) 1, 2, 3 RA1 385(1)(2)(3)@> ("LPC Approval is pendent only, 57°C through 141°C ratings. (2) cULus Listed corrosion resistant (Polyester coated) sprinkler. cULus Listed & FM Approved corrosion resistant for lead, wax and wax over lead. (4) Electroless Nickel PTFE Plated - cULus listed Corrosion Resistant Model Fl 56 Horizontal Sidewall Sprinkler Deflector HSW Installation Wrench: Model W2 Sprinkler Wrench F FACE OF FITTING TO FACE OF CEILING DIMENSION Fl ESCUTCHEON AT MAXIMUM RECESS I "[25.4mm] AT MINIMUM RECESS 3/8"[9.5,,v,] P2 ESCUTCHEON AT MAXIMUM RECESS = 3/4"[I9mm] AT MINIMUM RECESS = 3/8"[9.5mm] r2 1/4" HOLE ON. (57.2mm] 1" X 7/2" REDUCER - Fl ESCUTCHEON AT MAXIMUM RECESS 1-3/87-34.9mm] AT MINIMUM RECESS = 2- l/I6"[52.4mm] P2 ESCUTCHEON AT MAXIMUM RECESS = 1-5/8"[41..3mm] AT MINIMUM RECESS 2- 1/?6"(52.4mm] Tn' 5/76" DL4.L4 49.2-1 I 4227 /32" 014. 2.2.m] 4"-I2 [101.6mm-304.Smmj CEILING TO DEFLECTOR TURN COLLAR UNTIL TIGHT AGAINST SPRINKLER WRENCH BOSS. P7 ESCUTCHEON I 3/"[l9m] ADJUSTMENT P2 ESCUTCHEON I/2"(I2. 7mm] ADJUSTMENT RECESSED (-(SW W/F1 OR F2 ESCUTCHEON (I) FM APPROVED FOR 4" - 6" (707.6MM - 152.4MM] CEILING TO DEFLECTOR. Horizontal Sidewall Note: For Recessed HSW Sprinklers use installation wrench W4. FM and cULus permits use with Fl or F2 escutcheons for "Light Hazard" only. Installation Data: Horizontal Sidewall Nominal K Factor __________________ Sprinkler Height Approval Organizations Sprinkler Nominal Orifice Thread Size Identification US Metric Light Hazard Ordinary Numbers (SIN) Hazard 1/2" (15mm) 1/2" NPT (R1/2) 5.6 80 2.63" (67mm) 1,2 1 "cULus Listed corrosion resistant (Polyester coated) sprinkler. .cULus Listed & FM Approved corrosion resistant for lead, wax and wax over lead. (Polyester coated FM approved sprinkler. (4) Electroless Nickel PTFE Plated - cULus listed Corrosion Resistant Application Model F156, F142, F1XLH, F128 & Model F156, F142, F1XLH & F128 Recessed sprinklers are used in fixed fire protection systems: Wet, Dry, Deluge or Preaction. Care must exercised that the orifice size, temperature rating, de- flector style and sprinkler type are in accordance with the latest published standards of the National Fire Protection Association or the approving Authority Having Jurisdiction Installation. Installation Model F156, F142, F1XLH & F128 Series sprinklers are standard response sprinklers intended for installation as specified in NFPA 13. They must also be installed with the Model W2 Sprinkler Wrench specifically designed by Reli- able for use with these sprinklers. The Model F156, F142, F1XLH & F128 Recessed Sprin- klers are to be installed with a maximum recess of 3/4 inch (19mm). The Model Fl, F2, and FP Escutcheon illustrated are the only recessed escutcheon to be used with the Model F156, F142, F1XLH & F128 Recessed Sprinklers. The use of any other recessed escutcheon will void all approvals and negate all warranties. When installing Model F156, F142, F1XLH & F128 Recessed Sprinklers use the Model W4 Sprinkler Wrench. Any other type of wrench may damage these sprinklers. Note: A leak tight %" NPT (R114) sprinkler joint scan be ob- tained with a torque of 8 - 18 ft-lbs (11 - 24 Wm). Do not tighten sprinklers over maximum recommended torque. It may cause leakage or impairment of the sprinklers. Glass bulb sprinklers have orange covers to protect the bulb during the installation process. REMOVE THIS PRO- TECTION ONLY AFTER THE SYSTEM HAS BEEN HYDRO- STATICALLY TESTED AND, WHEN APPLICABLE, THE ES- CUTCHEONS HAVE BEEN INSTALLED. RASCO wrenches are designed to install sprinklers when covers are in place. Ordering Information Specify: Sprinkler Model Sprinkler Type Nominal K-Factor Temperature Rating Sprinkler Finish Thread Type: [1/2" NPT] [ISO 7-1 RY2] Escutcheon Finish (where applicable) Note: When Models F156, F142, F1XLH & F128 Recessed Sprinklers are ordered, the sprinklers and escutcheons are packaged separately. Escutcheon Data (1) (1) SIN: RA1335 - cULus and FM permits use with Fl or F2 escutcheons for light hazard only. Maintenance The Model F156, F142, F1XLH & Model F156, F142, FiX- LH & F128 Recessed Sprinklers should be inspected and the sprinkler system maintained in accordance with NFPA 25. Do not clean sprinklers with soap and water, ammonia or any other cleaning fluid. Replace any sprinkler which has been painted (other than factory applied) or damaged in any way. A stock of spare sprinklers should be maintained to al- low quick replacement of damaged or operated sprinklers. Prior to installation, sprinklers should be maintained in the original cartons and packaging until used to minimize the potential for damage to sprinklers that would cause improp- er operation or non-operation. Temperature Ratings Classification Sprinkler Temperature Max. Ambient Temp. Bulb Color Ordinary 57 135 100°F (38°c) Orange Ordinary 68 155 100°F (38°C) Red Intermediate 79 175 150°F (66°C) Yellow Intermediate 93 200 150°F (66°C) Green High(1) 141 286 225°F (107°C) Blue Extra High(" 182 360 300°F (149°C) Mauve Ultra High (1)(2) 260 500 475°F (246°c) Black " Not available for recessed Sprinklers. (2) cuLus listed for SIN RA1325 and RA1 314 only. Maximum Working Pressure 175 psi (12 bar) SIN RA1 325 & RA1 314 cULus listed for 250 psi (17 bar) 100% Factory tested hydrostatically to 500 psi (34.5 bar) Finish 1 Standar Finishes Sprinkler Escutcheon Bronze Brass Chrome Chrome Polyester Coated (6))7)(9) White Painted Special Application Finishes Sprinkler Escutcheon Electrdess NicII PTFE° Electroless Nickel PTFE Bright Brass 2 Bright Brass Black Plated Black Plated Black Paint 39 Black Paint Off White (3)(9) Off White Chrome Dull Chrome Dull Lead Wax Wax Over ( Other colors and finishes are available on special order. Consult factory for details. Custom color painted sprinklers may not retain their UL Cor- rosion resistance listing. 200'F (93°C) maximum. UL and ULC listed only. 155*F to 200°F (68°C to 93°C) ratings only. 286°F (141°C) sprinklers may be coated for ambient conditions not ex- ceeding 150°F (66°C). cULus listed corrosion resistant' applies to SIN Number RA1325 (Upright) RA1323 (upright), RA1321(Upnght), RA1335 (HSW), RA1385(VSW) and RA1 314 (Pendent) in standard black or white. Cor- rosion resistance in other polyester colors is available upon request. () FM Approved finish as Polyester Coated' applies to SIN number RA1 314, RA1335 & RA1325 in standard black or white. FM Approved finish applies only to SIN number RA1 335 & RA1 385. LPCB and VdS Approved finish applies only to RA1325, RA1314 and RA1 375. clJLus listed Corrosion Resistant applies to SIN RA1325 ,RA1314 ,RA1 323, RA1 313 RA1 321, RA1 311, RA1 385 and RA1335 5. Reliable ... For Complete Protection *Reliable offers a wide selection of sprinkler components. Following are some of the many pre- cision-made Reliable products that guard life and property from fire around the clock. Automatic sprinklers Flush automatic sprinklers Recessed automatic sprinklers Concealed automatic sprinklers Adjustable automatic sprinklers Dry automatic sprinklers Intermediate level sprinklers Open sprinklers . Spray nozzles Alarm valves Retarding chambers Dry pipe valves Accelerators for dry pipe valves Mechanical sprinkler alarms Electrical sprinkler alarm switches Water flow detectors Deluge valves Detector check valves Check valves Electrical system Sprinkler emergency cabinets Sprinkler wrenches Sprinkler escutcheons and guards Inspectors test connections Sight drains Ball drips and drum drips Control valve seals Air maintenance devices Air compressors Pressure gauges Identification signs Fire department connection The equipment presented in this bulletin is to be installed in accordance with the latest published Standards of the National Fire Protection Association, Factory Research Corporation, or other similar organizations and also with the provisions of governmental codes or ordinances whenever applicable. Products manufactured and distributed by Reliable have been protecting life and property for over 100 years. Svlanufactured by i:..ki... .'----'_ ._-L-i-- I - Co., flIIdIJI MULVIIIdLII pt IIIRI1 U Inc.tIL Recycled (800) 431-1588 Sales Offices Paper (800) 848-6051 Sales Fax (914) 829-2042 Corporate Offices Revision lines indicate updated or new data. www.reliablesprinkler.com Internet Address EG. Printed in U.S.A. 08/21 P/N 9999970299 uprigni Small Orifice Upright Bulletin 110 December 2020 on Model G Automatic Sprinklers I a b I e Spray Upright, Spray Pendent, And Conventional Product Description The Reliable Model G Automatic Sprinkler utilizes the cen- ter strut solder in compression principle of construction. The fusible alloy is captured in the cylinder of the solder capsule by a stainless steel ball. When the fusible alloy melts, the ball moves into the cylinder allowing the cylinder to fall away from the sprinkler. When this happens, the lever is released to spring free from the sprinkler so that all of the operating parts clear from the waterway allowing the deflector to distribute the discharging water. Except for the parts in the cylinder as mentioned above, the sprinkler components are made from copper based alloys for maximum corrosion protection. Lead plated, wax coated or wax over lead plated sprinklers are available for specially' severe environments. Chrome plated sprinklers are available for decorative purposes. All sprinklers are individually hydrostatically tested. All sprin- klers are identified as to their fusing point by markings that, appear on several of the operating parts and by an identifying color that appears on the frame. Sprinkler Types Standard Upright - This deflector configuration is normally used with exposed piping installations. Water is distributed laterally and downward in a wide pattern approximating a hemisphere which is completely and uniformly filled with wa- ter in the form of small drops or spray. Standard Pendent - This deflector configuration is nor- mally used where the space above the piping is limited or where a concealed piping installation is employed. The dis- charge characteristics of the standard pendent are virtually identical to the standard upright as described above. Large and Small Orifice —By varying the orifice size, a large or small orifice sprinkler is created that will distribute as much as 40% more water or 65% less water than the normal ½" (15mm) orifice sprinkler. Conventional —This deflector configuration is used pri- marily in those countries where the LPC installation rules have precedence. The sprinkler is designed to distribute a portion of its water discharge upward against the ceiling with the balance downward. It may be installed in either the upright or the pendent position. Sprinklers with conventional deflectors are available with orifice sizes corresponding to light, ordinary and extra—high hazard installations. Application and Installation Standard sprinklers are used in fixed fire protection sys- tems: Wet, Dry, Deluge or Preaction. Care must be exercised that the orifice sizes, temperature ratings, deflector styles and sprinkler spacings are in accordance with the latest pub- lished standards of the National Fire Protection Association or the approving authority having jurisdiction. The sprinklers must be installed with the Reliable Model W2 Sprinkler Wrench. Any other type of wrench may damage the sprinkler. The approvals or listings of Reliable Automatic Sprinklers by major approving organizations are shown in the tabulated list provided on the back of this bulletin. Reliable Automatic Sprinkler Co., Inc., 103 Fairview Park Drive, Elmsford, New York 10523 C Technical Data "K" Factor Sprinkler Sprinkler Identification Number Sprinkler Type Approvals (SIN) Height g US Metric SSU SSP Standard-Upright (SSU) and Pendent (SSP) Deflectors Marked to Indicate Position 5.62 81.0 2 (73 mm) 1 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 Ri 025 R1015 1/2 (15 mm) Standard Orifice with 1/2 NPT (R1/2) Thread /ie' (ii mm) Small Orifice with 1/2" NPT (R1/2) Thread 4.24 61.0 2 7/ (73 mm) 1 R1023 R1013 3/8" (10 mm) Small Orifice with 1/2" NPT (R1/2) Thread 2.82 40.6 2 /8" (73 mm) 1,2, R1021 R1011 /16" (8 mm) Small Orifice with 1/2" NPT (R1/2) Thread 1.98 28.5 2 7/5 (73 mm) 1,5 Ri 022 R1012 17/32" (20 mm) Large Orifice with 1/2" NPT (R1/2) Thread 7.96 114.7 2 7/' (73 mm) 1 2, R1026 R1016 17/32" (20 mm) Large Orifice with 3/4" NPT (R3/4)Thread 8.20 118.2 2 '5/16" (75 mm) 1, 2, I Ri 027 I R1017 20 mm XHH with 20 mm Thread 8.20 118.2 75.4 mm 3, 4, 6 R1027 R1017 10 mm XLH with 10 mm Thread 4.10 1 59.1 73 mm 3, 4, R1024 R1014 Conventional-Installed in Upright or Pendent Position 4.10 59.1 73 mm 4 R1074 10mm XLH with 10mm Thread 15mm Standard Orifice with (R1/2) Thread 5.62 81.0 73 mm 3,4,6 R1075 20mm XHH with (R3/4) Thread 8.20 118.2 75.4 mm 3, 4, 6 R1077 Temperature Ratings Sprinkler Maximum Classification Rating Ambient Frame (1) Temperature Color °F I °C °F I Ordinary 135 I 57 100 I 38 Black Ordinary 165 I 74 100 I 38 Uncolored Intermediate 1 212 I 100 1 150 I 66 White Llioh 1 286 I 141 1 225 I 107 Blue -1 (1) Frame color does not apply to painted or plated sprinklers -Use sprinkler rating as identified on operating parts. Finishes (1) Standd Finishes Bronze -All Temperature Ratings Chrome -All Temperature Ratings White (2) -All Temperature Ratings _________________ Only Frame and Deflector are Painted Special Application Finishes Bright Brass Plated -Onlyframe, deflector and cap are plated. 135°F (57C), 165°F (74°C), 212°F (100°C) Temp. Rating. -Only frame, deflector and cap are plated. PJI Temp. Ratings. Polyester Coated M(4) -Only frame and deflector are coated. Lead Plated -165°F (74°C), 212°F (100°C) and 286°F (141°C) Wax-Coated(3) Temp. Ratings. Wax-Coated Over -165°F (74°C) Clear Wax, 212°F (100°C) Brown Lead Plated (3) Wax. -165°F (74°C) Clear Wax, 212°F (100°C) Brown I Wax. Other colors and finishes are available. Consult factory for details. UL listed and NYC MEA Approved only. 212°F (100°C) brown wax may be used on 286°F (141°C) sprinklers when maximum ambient temperatures do not exceed 150°F (66°C). UL Listed, FM Approved, NYC MEA 258-93-E. FM Approved for Ri 027 only. Maintenance Model G Sprinklers should be inspected and the sprinkler system maintained in accordance with NFPA 25. Do not dean sprinklers with soap and water; ammonia or any other cleaning fluids. Re- move any sprinkler that has been painted (other than factory ap- plied) or damaged in any way. A stock of spare sprinklers should be maintained to allow quick replacement of damaged or operated sprinklers. Prior to installation, sprinklers should be maintained in the original cartons and packaging until used to minimize the po- tential for damage to sprinklers that would cause improper opera- lion or non-operation. Use only the Model W2 Sprinkler Wrench for sprinkler removal and installation. Any other type of wrench may damage the sprinkler. Approval Organizations Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. and UL Certified for Cana- da (cULus). Factory Mutual Research Corporation Loss Prevention Council Pleniere Assemblee N.Y.C. BS&A No. 587-75-SA or N.Y.C. MEA 258-93-E CE Certificate: 1438-CPR-0054 (R1015) 1438-CPR-0056 (R1077) 1438-CPR-0053 (R1025) 1438-CPR-0057 (R1027) 1438-CPR-0052 (R1075) 1438-CPR-0058 (R1017) Ordering Information Specify Model Deflector Upright Pendent Conventional Nominal Orifice Inlet Thread Temperature Rating Finish The equipment presented in this bulletin is to be installed in accordance with the latest published Standards of the National Are Protection Association, Factory Mutual Research Corporation, or other similar organizations and also with the provisions of governmental codes or ordinances whenever applicable. ..Products manufactured and distributed by Reliable have been protecting life and property for over 90 years. Utlanufactured by Reliable Automatic Sprinkler Co., Inc. Recycled (800) 41-1888 ales Offices PIP;r llabld Re (800) 848-6051 Sales Fax Revision lines indicate updated or new data. (914) 829-2042 Corporate Offices www.reliablespnnkler.com Internet Address EG. Printed in U.S.A. 12/20 P/N 9999970005 PIPE S 0 0psr TO Coq el,. The best sprinkler pipe in the industry! c®us LISTED <> APPROVED BULL MOOSE TUBE COMPANY [6-1 ,4Q4q4 NFM w BULL MOOSE TUBE COMPANY . I ITAI1A D ull Moose Tube® is a customer focused, D growth oriented manufacturer and marketer of tubular products, where success is based on a commitment to meeting the customer's perception of quality. Our strength resides in our people working together to satisfy customers and to promote business growth by achieving superior financial performance. www.BullMooseTube.com sales@bullmoosetube.com 800.325.4467 r c®us LISTED APPROVED C;] '4 omm _ NFPX '- 2 0 Bull Moose Tube's® "Eddy Pipe®" brand sprinkler pipe is produced to meet sprinkler pipe standards and applications. c®us LISTED <*> APPROVED no NF ADVANTAGES OF BULL MOOSE TUBE® EDDY PIPE® FAMILY All pipe products are UL Listed (for U.S. and Canada), and have been approved by Factory Mutual. Excellent production and coating capabilities, tighter tolerances, and our unique steel properties make our pipe excellent for roll grooving, welding, threading, and plain end fittings. All products are certified to ASTM Al 35 and A795 Type E, Grade A. Available in specific cut to order lengths from regular mill rollings. More popular sizes available with coating or bare. Ultra Eddy®, Eddy Flow®, Eddylite®, and Eddythread 40® offer cost savings along with superior hydraulics without compromising service life. Sprinkler pipe inventory stocked in Masury, Ohio; Gerald, Missouri; Casa Grande, Arizona; Kent, Washington; and Dallas, Texas. All Bull Moose (black) sprinkler pipe includes our exclusive EDDY GUARD Il® MIC preventative coating. Bull Moose Tube® sprinkler pipe is FBCTM compatible. PRODUCTS Schedule 10 and Schedule 40: FM approved and UL listed sprinkler pipe. Eddythread 40®: Light threadable Schedule 40 replacement with corrosion resistance ratio of 1.0. Eddylite®: Lightwall threadable with standard outside diameter. Eddy Flow®: Cost effective replacement for Schedule 10. Ultra Eddy®: Lightwall roll groovable pipe. Bull Moose galvanized steel sprinkler pipe is hot dipped galvanized to meet ASTM Al 23 standards. All products are stencilled to meet FM & UL specifications. PROTECTION Eddy Guard Il®: Bull Moose Tube® is producing product that can resist bacteriological growth even after multiple rinse-outs. You know MIC corrosion can impact your installation and your property. Specify Bull Moose Tube® "Eddy Guard Il®" and feel comfortable knowing that you are getting Eddy Pipe® product you trust with the bacteria resistance you need. Eddy Guard Il® is NFPA 13 and NFPA 13R system compatible for use in hybrid systems as well as FM approved. All information contained herein is accurate as known at the time of publication. Bull Moose Tube" reserves the right to change product specifications without notice and witiout incurring obligation. Bull Moose Tube's® Schedule 10 and Schedule 40 are FM Approved and UL Listed (for U.S. and Canada), even though these products do not require separate approvals and listings. Bull Moose Tube® made the decision to have them approved and listed. Our Schedule 10 and Schedule 40 have a pressure rating of 300 PSI and have been through the same rigorous testing as our other fine pipe products. Schedule 10 can be supplied roll grooved or plain end. Bull Moose Tube's® Schedule 10 and Schedule 40 pipes are hot dipped galvanized to meet ASTM Al 23 standards. All products are stencilled to meet FM & UL specifications. c®us LISTED <> APPROVED Ono Ap4!5S±4 NF' 2.1 SCHEDULE 10 PIPE SPECIFICATIONS NOMINAL PIPE O.D. SIZE (IN) (IN) I.D. (IN) CRR** WEIGHT/FT WATER FILLED WEIGHT BUNDLE SIZE 1 1.315 1.097 15.27 1.41 lbs/ft 1.820 91 11/4 L_ 1.660 1442 - 991 ]f l8llbslft 2518 61 - 1-1/2 1.900 1.682 7.76 2.09 lbs/ft 3.053 61 2_ 2 2375 2157)l 627 iT 264ths/ft 4223 37 2-1/2 2.875 2.635 4.92 3.53 -1 bs/ft 5.893 30 3.500 j' 3260 B 354 4341b5/ft - - 7.957 19 4 4.500 4.260 2.50 5.62 lbs/ft 11.796 19 SCHEDULE 40 PIPE SPECIFICATIONS NOMINAL PIPE O.D. I.D. I WATER FILLED BUNDLE SIZE (IN) (IN) (IN) CRR** WEIGHT/FT WEIGHT SIZE 1 1.315 1.049 1.00 1.68 lbs/ft 2.055 70 11/4 1660 1.380 ] _10 0 1-1/2 1.900 1.610 1.00 2.72 lbs/ft 3.602 44 2_ r_2 375 2 067 j{ -1-00 ] F 3661bs/ft' I 5 114 30 21I2* 2.875 2.468 1.00 5.80 lbs/ft 7.875 30 L 3* { 3500 ][ 3068 JL 100 j[ 7.58 lbs/ft 10783 4* 4.500 4.026 1.00 10.80 lbs/ft 16.316 19 *Only available in Casa Grande, AZ —Corrosion Resistance Ratio per latest UL Directory Listing PIPE PREPARATION For proper operation, all pipe surfaces should be cleaned prior to installation. In order to provide a leak-tight seat for the gasket, pipe surfaces should be free from indentations and projections from the end of the pipe to the groove. All loose paint, scale, dirt, chips, grease, and rust must be removed prior to installation. Failure to take these important steps may result in improper coupling assembly, causing leakage. Also, check the manufacturer's instructions for the specific fitting used. A For Additional Information Contact (800) 325-4467 www.bullmoosetube.com Or From Canada Call (800) 882 4666 sales@builmoosetube.com 1819 Clarkson Road Chesterfield, MO Gerald, MO Kent, WA Casa Grande, AZ Dallas, TX Masurt OH 63017 COMMENTS: info@wheatland.com wheatlandcom Follow us on Twitter: WheatlandTube ENGINEER: OCATIONS: BLACK 700 South Dock Street Sharon, PA 16146 P 800.257.8182 F 724.346.7260 SPECIFICATION REFERENCE: 0 HOT-DIP GALVANIZED SYSTEM TYPE: WF 5. 051516 t Wheatland Tube A DIVISION OFZEKEU.IAN INDUSTRIES SCHEDULE 10 SPECIFICATIONS NOMINAL NOMINAL NPS NOM OD NOM ID WALL WEIGHT UL PIECES J In. mm r In. mm In. mm Ibs/ft.[k/i. CRR Lift 11/4 1.660 42.2 1.442 36.6 .109 2.77 1.81 2.69 7.3 61 I Y. 1.900 48.3 1.682 42.7 .109 2.77 2.09 3.11 5.8 61 2 2.375 60.3 2.157 54.8 .109 2.77 2.64 3.93 4.7 37 234ji 2.875 73.0 2.635 66.9 .120 3.05 1 3.53 1 5.26 I 3.5 30 3 3.900 88.9 3.260 82.8 .120 3.05 4.34 6.46 2.6 19 44.9O0 114.3 4.260 108.2 .120 3.05 5.62 8.37 1.6 19 5 -5.563 141.3 5.295 134.5 .134 3.40 7.78 11.58 1.5 13 6.625 1 168.3 6.357 161.5 1 .134 3.40 9.30 13.85 1.0 10 8 8.625 219.1 8.249 209.5 .188 4.78 16.96 25.26 2.1 7 Calculad using Standard UL CRR formula, UL Fire Protection Directory, Category VIZ)'. The CRR'Is a ratio value used to measure the ability of a pipe to withstand corrosion. Threaded Schedule 40 steel pipe is used as the benchmark (value of 1.0). SCHEDULE 40 SPECIFICATIONS NOMINAL NOMINAL NPS NOM OD NOM ID WALL WEIGHT UL PIECES - In. mm [ in. mm In. mm lbs/ft. kg/rn CRR Lift 1 1.315 33.4 1.049 26.6 .133 3.38 1.68 2.50 1.00 70 1'A 1.660 42.2 1.380 35.1 .140 3.56 2.27 3.39 1.00 51 1) 1.900 48.3 1.610 40.9 .145 3.68 2.72 4.05 1.00 44 2 2.375 60.3 2.067 52.5 .154 3.91 3.66 5.45 1.00 30 Calculated using Standard UL CRR formula, UL Fire Protection Directory, Category VIZ)'. The CRR is a ratio value used to measure the ability of a pipe to withstand corrosion. Threaded Schedule 40 steel pipe Is used as the benchmark (value of 1.0). @ C@ APPROVED FM Approved and Fully Listed Sprinkler Pipe Wheatland's Schedule 10 and Schedule 40 steel fire sprinkler pipe is FM Approved and UL, C-UL and FM Listed. Approvals and Specifications Both products meet or exceed the following standards: ASTM A135, Type E, Grade A (Schedule 10) ASTM A795, Type E, Grade A (Schedule 40) NFPA13 Manufacturing Protocols Schedule 10 and Schedule 40 are subjected to the toughest possible testing protocols to ensure the highest quality and long-lasting performance. Finishes and Coatings All Wheatland black steel fire sprinkler pipe up to 6" receives a proprietary mill coating to ensure a clean, corrosion-resistant surface that outperforms and outlasts standard lacquer Ooatings. This coating allows the pipe to be asily painted, without special preparation. Schedule 10 and Schedule 40 can be ordered in black, or with hot-dip galvanizing, to meet FM/UL requirements for dry systems that meet the zinc coating specifications of ASTM A795 or A53. All Wheatland galvanized material is also UL Listed. Product Marking Each length of Wheatland fire sprinkler pipe is continuously stenciled to show the manufacturer, type of pipe, grade, size and length. Barcoding is acceptable as a supplementary identification method. PROJECT: CONTRACTOR: DATE: FITTINGS S 0 1W APPROVED provaI Detaile and Umhatons, bslte at .arivillntcam or .'Sales Representative. 1115in E411 M (((4 FIG. 3201 900 Elbow HA — / A FIGURE_4I Ju ELBOW Nominal Size Maximum Working PressureA Dimension A Approx. WI. Each In. (mm) PSI ('kPo) In. (mm) Ih.c. (kg) 1 500 1.50 0.62 20 3450 38.10 0.28 11A 500 1.75 0.90 32 3450 44.45 0.41 11/2 500 1.94 1.20 40 3450 49.216 0.54 2 500 2.25 1.85 50 3450 51.15 0.84 A -Working Pressure Ratings are for reference only and based on Sch. 40 pipe. For the latest ULJULC, and FM pressure ratings versus pipe schedule, please visit anvilinti corn or contact your local Anvil Representative. MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS Dimensions: ASME B16.3 Material: ASTM A536 Grade 65-45-12 Finish: Black Thrêds: NPT per ASME B1.20.1 Agency Approvals: All ductile iron threaded fittings are UL/ULC Listed and FM Approved. NOTiCE: Ductile iron fittings have higher tensile strength than that of steel pipe. Therefore, over tightening can cause damage to pipe threads which may cause leakage. Ductile iron linings should be tightened approximately three turns beyond hand tight, but no more than four turns. PROJECTIIN FORMATION A1 J :IuI'I,iSTAMP Fnoineecr fl Approved []Approved as noted fl Not approved Not uirnmrnsi QUIP: Notes 1: Notes 2: SPF/1)1-1.15 TE) APPROVED Approval Deteib and Umtaflons, ebolte at www.anvttr,tcom or i dnlP Sales Representative. S FIG, 3201R Reducing 900 Elbow HB- 2 1x2 FIGURE 3201R IREDUCING 90 :uYY Nominal Size Max. Working PressureA Dimensions Approx. Wt. Each 1 x 2 A B In. (mm) PSI (kPa) In. (mm) In. (mm) Lbs. (kg) 1 x 1/2 500 1.26 1.36 0.44 25x 15 1 3450 32.00 34.54 0.20 1 x Y4 500 1.37 1.45 0.52 25x20 3450 34.79 36.83 0.24 11/4 x 1/2 500 1.34 1.53 0.64 32x!5 34550 34.03 38.86 0.29 1¼xY4 500 1.45 1.62 0.72 32x20 3450 36.83 41.14 0.33 1¼ x 1 500 1.58 1.67 0.75 32x25 3450 40.13 42.41 0.34 1½x 1 500 1.65 1.80 0.92 40x25 3450 41.91 45.72 0.42 1½ x 1¼ 500 1.82 1.88 1.08 40x32 3450 46.22 47.75 0.49 2x½ 500 1.49 1.88 1.08 SOx 15 3450 37.84 47.75 0.49 2 x V4 500 1.60 1.97 1.24 50x20 1 3450 40.64 50.03 0.56 2 x 1 500 1.73 2.02 1.40 50x25 3450 43.94 51.30 0.64 2x1¼ 500 1.90 2.10 1.52 50x32 3450 48.26 53.34 0.70 2x 11/2 500 2.02 2.16 1.65 50x40 1 3450 51.30 54.86 0.75 Dimensions: ASME B] 6.3 Material: ASTM A536 Grade 65-45-12 Finish: Black Threads: NPT per ASME B1.20.1 Agency Approvals: All ductile iron threaded fittings are UL/ULC Listed and FM Approved. NOTICE: Ductile iron fittings have higher tensile strength than that of steel pipe. Therefore, over tightening can cause damage to pipe threads which may cause leakage. Ductile iron fittings should be tightened approximately three turns beyond hand tight, but no more than four turns. A - Working Pressure Ratings are for reference only and booed on Sch. 40 pipe. For the latest UL/ULC, and FM pressure ratings versus pipe schedule, please visit onvilinti corn or contact your local Anvil Representative. 1I!1Il lINFORMATI ON1 APPROVAL STAMP l Project: fl Approved Address: fJApproved as noted ntractor: fl Not approved "Engineer: Remarks: sirnmiitai uuts Notes 1: Notes 2: SPF/Dl-1.15 Victaulic® FireLockTM Installation-ReadyTM Rigid Couplings A-c-ta-ulicr Style 009N and Style 109 10.64 s o Patented Patented 1.0 PRODUCT DESCRIPTION Available Sizes Style 009N: 11/4 - 12°/DN32 - DN300 Style 109: 11/4 - 2 ½°/DN32 - 73.0 mm Pipe Material Schedule 10, Schedule 40 or specialty carbon steel pipe listed in Section 5. For use with alternative materials and wall thicknesses please contact Victaulic. Maximum Working Pressure Up to 365 psi/2517 kPa. Function Joins carbon steel pipe with grooved ends conforming to publication 25.01 Provides a rigid pipe joint designed to restrict axial or angular movement. . 2.0 CERTIFICATION/LISTINGS c®Is Kj' ILPCBIUSUD CE C104-la/36 EN 10311 Regulation (EU) No. 305/2011 ALWAYS REFER TO ANY NOTIFICATIONS AT THE END OF THIS DOCUMENT REGARDING PRODUCT INSTALLATION, MAINTENANCE OR SUPPORT. p System No. Location Spec Section Paragraph Submitted By Date Approved Date victaulic.com 10.64 7072 Rev M Updated 12/2018 0 2018 Victaulic company. All rights reserved. '4tauIic victaulic.com 3.0 SPECIFICATIONS - MATERIAL Housing: Ductile iron conforming to ASTM A 536, Grade 65-45-12. Ductile iron conforming to ASTM A 395, Grade 65-45-15, is available upon special request. Housing Coating: (specify choice) El Orange enamel (North America, Asia Pacific) Red enamel (Europe) Optional for Style 009N: Hot dipped galvanized Gasket: (specify choice) Grade "E" EPDM (Type A) VicPlusTM Pre-lubricated Gasket EPDM (Violet Color Code). Applicable for wet and dry (oil-free air) fire protection systems only. Listed/Approved for continuous use in wet and dry systems. Listed/Approved for dry systems at -40°F/-400C and above. Not compatible for use with hot water services or steam services. NOTES Reference should always be made to publication -100, Victaulic Field Installation Handbook for gasket lubrication instructions. Services listed are General Service Guidelines only. It should be noted that there are services for which these gaskets are not compatible. Reference should always be made to publication 05.01, Victaulic Gasket Selection Guide for specific gasket service guidelines and for a listing of services which are not compatible. Bolts/Nuts: (specify choice) El Standard: Carbon steel oval neck track bolts meeting the mechanical property requirements of ASTM A449 (imperial) and ISO 898-1 Class 9.8 (M10-M16) Class 8.8 (M20 and greater). Carbon steel hex nuts meeting the mechanical property requirements of ASTM A563 Grade B (imperial) and ASTM A563M Class 9 (metric). Track bolts and hex nuts are zinc electroplated per ASTM B633 Fe/Zn 5, finish Type Ill (imperial) or Type II (metric). Optional for Style 009N: Stainless steel oval neck track bolts meeting the requirements of ASTM F593, Group 2 (316 stainlesststeel), condition CW. Stainless steel Heavy Hex nuts meeting the requirements of ASTM F594, Group 2 (316 dainless steel), condition CW, with galling-resistant coating.' Optional bolts/nuts are available in imperial size only. Coupling Linkage: High Strength Steel with comparable physical properties to that of the Track Bolt (ASTM A449). Linkage is zinc electroplated per ASTM B633 Fe/Zn 5, Type Ill Finish. 10.64 7072 Rev M updated 12/2018 C 2018 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com jtaulic 501 victaulic.com I 4.0 DIMENSIONS Style 009N Two-Bolt Installation-Ready Coupling Style 009N Pre-Assembled Style 009N Joint Assembled Size Maximum Maximum Allow. Bolt/Nut Dimensions Weight Actual Pre-assembled Joint Assembled Outside working End Pipe End Approx. X Y X V Nominal Diameter Pressur& Load2 Separation3 Qty. Size Z (Each) inches inches psi lb inches inches inches inches inches inches inches lb DIN mm cPa N mm mm mm mm mm mm mm kg 1 1/4 1.660 365 790 0.10 2 3A 2 3.13 5.00 2.75 5.00 2.00 1.4 0N32 42.4 2517 3514 2.54 M10x51 79 127 70 127 51 0.6 11/2 1.900 365 J 1035 T 0.10 2 M. 338 I 5.13 3.00 5.13 2.00 1.5 DN4O 483 2517 J 4604 254 M10x51 86 130 76 130 51 0.7 2 2.375 365 1617 0.12 %x2½ 4.00 5.63 3.50 5.63 2.00 1.9 DNSO 60.3 2517 7193 3.05 2 M10x63 102 143 89 143 51 0.9 21/2 2.875 365 2370 I 0.12 2 %x2% 450 6.13 f 4.00 6.13 2.00 I 2.1 73.0 2517 10542 3.05 j_ M10x63 114 156 102 156 51 L 1.0 3.000 365 2580 0.12 ~x2½ 4.63 6.00 4.13 6.13 2.00 2.1 2 DN65 76.1 2517 11476 3.05 M10x63 118 152 105 156 51 1.0 3 1 3.500 365 3512 0.12 1 1 ~x2½ 5.13 [ 6.75 4.63 6.75 2.00 23 DN80 I 88.9 2517 15622 3.05 L2 I M10x63 130 I 171 117 171 51 TO 4 4.500 , 365 5805 0.17 %X2% 6.00 7.88 5.63 .' 750 2.13 2.9 2 DN100 114.3 2517 25822 4.32 M10x63 152 200 143 191 54 1.3 4.250 365 5178 0.17 I 2 I Vex2½ 5.63 7.38 5.38 738 2.13 I 3.1 108.0 2517 23020 432 10x63 152 1.87 137 187 54 [ 1.4 5 5.563 365 8872 0.17 2 ½x3 7.25 9.25 6.75 9.13 2.25 5.0 141.3 2517 39456 4.32 M12x76 184 235 171 232 57 23 5.250 365 1 7901 0.17 2 ½x3 6.63 9.00 6.38 1 9.00 2.25 1 4.8 133.0 2517 j 35106 [ 4.32 M12x76 168 229 162 229 57 22 5.500 365 8672 0.17 112 x 3 6.88 9.25 6.75 9.13 2.25 4.9 DN125 139.7 2517 38529 4.32 2 M12x76 175 235 171 232 57 22 6 I 6.625 365 12582 1 0.17 I ½x3¼ 18.38 1038 I 7.88 1 10.13 2.25 6.0 DN150 J168.3 2517 44469 4.32 2 M12x83 213 264 200 I 257 57 2.7 6.250 365 11198 0.17 ½x3¼ 7.88 10.00 7.38 9.88 2.25 5.6 2 j159.0 2517 49753 4.32 M12x83 200 254 187 251 57 2.5 6.500 f 365 12112 0.17 T2 ½ /4 X3' 8.00 1 10.25 7.75 j10.13 1 2.25 165.1 2517 53813 4.32 M12x83 203 260 197 257 57 L2.7 8 8.625 365 21326 0.17 %x4 10.88 1338 10.25 13.13 2.50 11.4 2 DN200 219.1 2517 94863 4.32 M16x101 276 340 260 333 64 52 8.500 I 365 20712 0.17 l %x4 10.63 I 13.25 I .10.25 10.13 2.63 J 11.4 216.0 2517 55968 4.32 2 L M16x101 270 [ 337 260 I 257 67 j 5.2 10 10.750 300 27229 0.25 7/x6½ 13.75 17.00 13.25 17.13 2.75 22.6 DN250 273.0 2068 121121 6.4 2 M22x165 349 432 337 435 70 103 12 J 12.7501 300 38303 0.25 %x6½ 16.00 19.00 15.50 19.13 2.75 1 27.6 DN300 323.9 I 2068 170380 I 6.4 2 M22x165 406 I 483 394 486 70 I 12.5 2 Working Pressure and End Load are total, from all internal and external loads, based on standard weight (ANSI) steel pipe, standard roll or cut grooved in accordance with Victaulic specifications. See the Listings/Approvals section of this publication for ratings on other pipe. The allowable pipe separation dimension shown is for system layout purposes only. Style 009N couplings are considered rigid connections and will not accommodate expansion or contraction of the piping system. NOTES When assembling Style 009N or Style 109 couplings onto end caps, take additional care to make certain the end cap is fully seated against the gasket end stop. For Style 009N or Style 109 couplings, use FireLock No. 006 end caps containing the 'EZ" marking on the inside face or No. 60 end caps containing the "QV EZ" marking on the inside face. Non-Victaulic end cap products shall not be used with Style 009N or Style 109 couplings. IMPORTANT: Gaskets intended for the Style 009 or Style 009V couplings cannot be used with the Style 009N or Style 109 coupling. There is no interchanging of gaskets or housings between coupling styles. Use Of FlushSeal Gaskets For Dry Pipe Systems Style 009N or Style 109 couplings are supplied with Grade "E" Type A gaskets. These gaskets include an integral pipe stop, that once installed provides the similar benefits as a FlushSeal gasket for dry pipe systems. It should be noted that standard Victaulic FlushSeal gaskets cannot be used with the Style 009N or Style 109 couplings. S . 10.64 7072 Rev M Updated 12/2018 © 2018 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com 3 jtauIic S victaulic.com 4.1 DIMENSIONS S Style 109 One-Bolt Installation-Ready Coupling 6 YB z YB z YL YL 0 XA Style 109 Pre-Assembled Style 109 Joint Assembled Size Maximum Maximum Pipe End Bolt/Nut Dimensions Weight Actual Pre-assembled Joint Assembled Outside Working End Separation Approx. YL YB X Z VI YB X 2 Nominal Diameter Pressure4 Load4 Allowable5 Qty. Size (Each) inches inches psi lb inches inches inches inches inches inches inches inches inches inches lb mm mm kPa N mm - mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm kg 11/4 1.660 365 790 0.10 %x2¼ 1.88 2.50 3.13 1.88 1.88 2.63 2.75 1.88 1.4 DN32 42.4 2517 3514 254 M1Ox57 48 64 79 48 48 67 70 48 0.6 11/2 1.900 365 1035 1 0.10 1 %x2¼ 1 2.00 2.63 1 3.25 f 1.88 I 2.00 J 2.75 I 3.00 1 1.88 f 13 DN40 48.3 2517 4604 234 j- j- M10x57 51 67 83 48 j 51 70 76 48 0.7 2 2.375 365 1616 0.12 %x2½ 2.25 2.88 3.88 2.00 2.25 3.13 350 2.00 1.8 1 DNSO 60.3 2517 7193 3.05 M10x63 57 73 98 51 57 79 89 51 0.8 21/2 2.875 365 1 2370 1 0.12 1 1 T %x2½ 250 J 3.13 1 438 f 2.00 I 2.50 338 3.88 2.00 2.1 73.0 2517 I 10542 I 3.05 M10x63 I 64 I 79 I I 51 -j 64 86 98 51 0.9 Working Pressure and End Load are total, from all internal and external loads, based on standard weight (ANSI) steel pipe, standard roll or cut grooved in accordance with Victaulic specifications. See the Listings/Approvals section of this publication for ratings on other pipe. 5 The allowable pipe separation dimension shown is for system layout purposes only. Style 109 couplings are considered rigid connections and will not accommodate expansion or contraction of the piping system. NOTES When assembling Style 009N or Style 109 couplings onto end caps, take additional care to make certain the end cap is fully seated against the gasket end stop. For Style 009N or Style 109 couplings, use FireLock No. 005 end caps containing the "EZ" marking on the inside face or No. 60 end caps containing the QV E' marking on the inside face. Non-Victaulic end cap products shall not be used with Style 009N or Style 109 couplings. IMPORTANT: Gaskets intended for the Style 009 or Style 009V couplings cannot be used with the Style 009N or Style 109 coupling. There is no interchanging of gaskets or housings between coupling styles. Use Of FlushSeal Gaskets For Dry Pipe Systems Style 009N or Style 109 couplings are supplied with Grade E" Type A gaskets. These gaskets include an integral pipe stop, that once installed provides the similar benefits as a FlushSeal gasket for dry pipe systems. It should be noted that standard Victaulic FlushSeal gaskets and cannot be used with the Style 009N or Style 109 couplings. S 10.64 7072 Rev M Updated 12/2018 0 2018 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com 4 \,Ltauhcr 5 10.64 7072 Rev M Updated 12/2018 © 2018 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com 1htauiic ij•fii .Iie rnm 5.0 PERFORMANCE Style 009N Two-Bolt Installation-Ready Coupling Listings/Approvals6 The information provided below is based on the latest listing and approval data at the time of publication. Listings/Approvals are subject to change and/or additions by the approval agencies. Contact Victaulic for performance on other pipe and the latest listings and approvals. Size I cULus" FM'1 I VdS LPCB Actual Outside I Sch. 10 I Sch. 40 I Sch. 10 I Sch. 40 Nominal Diameter I psi I psi I psi I psi I psi psi inches inches I kPa I kPa I kPa I kPa I kPa kPa DN mm bar I bar bar bar j bar bar 365 365 363 363 363 363 1¼ 1.660 2517 2517 2503 2503 2500 2500 DN32 42.4 25 25 25 25 25 25 j 365 365 I 363 I 363 I 363 363 1½ 1.900 2517 I 2517 I 25 3 0 I 2503 I 2500 2500 DN40 48.3 25 25 25 I 25 I 25 25 365 365 363 363 363 363 2 2.375 2517 2517 2503 2500 2500 2500 DN50 603 25 25 25 25 25 25 365 1 365 363 363 363 1 363 2½ 275 2517 I 2517 2503 2500 2500 I 2500 73.0 25 25 25 25 25 25 365' 363' 363 363 3.000 2517' N/A 2503' N/A 2500 2500 - DN65 76.1 25' 25' 25 25 1 365 365 363 363 363 1 363 3 3500 2517 2517 2503 2503 2500 2500 DN80 88.9 25 25 25 25 25 J 25 365 365 363 363 363 363 4 4.500 2517 2517 2503 2503 2500 I 2500 DN100 1143 25 25 25 25 25 25 I 363 363 4.250 =WA N/A I 2503 2503 N/A N/A 108.0 25 25 290 365 363 363 232 363 5.563 2000 2517 2503 2503 1600 2500 1413 20 25 25 25 16 25 638 3 5.250 N/A N/A 25038 N/A N/A N/A 133.0 25 290' 363' 232 363 DN125 5.500 2000' N/A 2503' N/A 1600 2500 139.7 20' 25' 25 25 300 1 365 363 363 232 363 6 DN150 6.625 1683 2068 2517 2503 2503 1600 2500 20 25 257 25 16 25 3638 6.250 N/A N/A 25038 N/A N/A N/A 159.0 25 2900 I T 3638 1 I 363 6.500 20000 I N/A I 25038 I N/A I N/A I 2500 165.1 20 I 258 I 25 6 Listed/Approved for continuous use in wet and dry systems. Listed/Approved for dry systems .40 F/c and above. Please see the VictaulicInstallation Manual 1-009N for details concerning when supplemental lubrication is required. cULus listed for DIN 2458 (EN 10220) 2.6 mm pipe wall. 8 FM approved for BS 1387 (EN 10255) Medium 3.6 mm pipe wall. cULus listed for EN 10220 4.0 mm pipe wall. 10 cULus listed for EN 10255 4.5 mm pipe wall. 11 With optional stainless steel fasteners, cULus Listed to 175psi/1207 kPa/12 bar and FM Approved to the FM ratings shown in the above table. The stainless steel fasteners have a marking designation of 316 on the end face of the bolt. 12 cUL listed to 250 psi/1720 kPa /17 bar. [I S 11 10.64 7072 Rev M Updated 12/2018 0 2018 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com \4taulicf S victaulic.nm 5.0 PERFORMANCE (CONTINUED) Style 009N Two-Bolt Installation-Ready Coupling Listings/Approvals6 The information provided below is based on the latest listing and approval data at the time of publication. Listings/Approvals are subject to change and/or additions by the approval agencies. Contact Victaulic for performance on other pipe and the latest listings and approvals. Size cULus" FM" VdS LPCB Actual Outside Sch. 10 Sch. 40 Sch. 10 Sch. 40 Nominal Diameter psi psi psi psi psi psi inches inches kPa kPa kPa kPa kPa kPa DN mm bar bar bar bar bar bar 300 365 363 363 232 363 8 8.625 DN200 219.1 2068 2517 2503 2503 1600 2500 20 25 25 25 16 25 290 3638 8.500 2000 N/A 25038 N/A N/A N/A 216.0 20 25 10 10.750 300 300 300 300 DN250 273.0 2068 2068 2068 2068 N/A N/A 20 20 20 20 12 12.750 30012 300 250 I 300 DN300 323.9 206812 2068 1720 I 2068 I N/A N/A 2012 25 17 I 20 I 6 Listed/Approved for continuous use in wet and dry systems. Listed/Approved for dry systems .400 F/c and above. Please see the VictaulicInstallation Manual 1-009N for details concerning when supplemental lubrication is required. cULus listed for DIN 2458 (EN 10220) 2.6 mm pipe wall. 8 FM approved for BS 1387 (EN 10255) Medium 3.6 mm pipe wall. cULus listed for EN 10220 4.0 mm pipe wall. '° cULus listed for EN 102554.5mm pipe wall. " With optional stainless steel fasteners, cULus Listed to 175psi/1207 kPa/12 bar and FM Approved to the FM ratings shown in the above table. The stainless steel fasteners have a marking designation of 316 on the end face of the bolt. 12 cuL listed to 250 psi/1720 kPa /17 bar. 5.1 PERFORMANCE Style 109 One-Bolt Installation-Ready Coupling Listings/Approvals13 The information provided below is based on the latest listing and approval data at the time of publication. Listings/ Approvals are subject to change and/or additions by the approvals agencies. Contact Victaulic for performance on other pipe and the latest listings and approvals. Size cULus I FM Actual Outside Sch. 10 Sch. 40 Sch. 10 Sch. 40 Nominal Diameter psi I psi I psi psi inches inches kPa I kPa kPa kPa DN mm bar bar i bar bar 365 365 365 365 1 1/4 1.660 2517 2517 2517 2517 DN32 42.4 25 25 25 25 365 I 365 I 365 365 1½ 1.900 I DN4O 483 2517 I 2517 I 2517 I 2517 25 I 25 I 25 25 365 365 365 365 2 2.375 DNSO 60.3 2517 2517 2517 2517 25 25 25 25 365 I 365 365 365 2½2.875 T 2517 I 2517 2517 2517 73.0 j 25 I 25 25 25 13 Listed/Approved for continuous use in wet and dry systems. Listed/Approved for dry systems -40° F/C and above. Please see the Victaulic Installation Manual 1-109 for details concerning when supplemental lubrication is required. 7 10.64 7072 Rev M Updated 12/2018 © 2018 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com \%taulicr victaulic.com 5.2 PERFORMANCE Specialty Pipe Style 009N Two-Bolt Installation-Ready Coupling Listings/Approvals Size Pressure Rating cULus FM psi psi inches kPa kPa Pipe Type DN bar bar 11A4 300 EF DN32—DN100 2068 N/A 20 300 300 EL lh/4_2 2068 2068 DN32 - DN50 20 20 300 ET4O 1!4-2 2068 N/A DN32 - DNSO 20 3-4 300 EZF 2068 N/A DN80—DN100 20 300 300 EZT 1~-2 2068 2068 DN32 - DN50 20 20 300 FF 1½-4 2068 N/A DN40—DN100 20 300 300 GL 1¼-2 2068 2068 0N32 - DN50 20 20 300 300 1%-4 2068 2068 0N32—DN100 20 20 IMF ___________________________ 175 j 175 6 DN150 1205 1205 12 12 300 300 MT 11/4-2 2068 2068 0N32 - DNSO 20 20 300 MLT 1¼-2 N/A 2068 DN32 - DN50 20 300 IF 21h-4 N/A 2068 73.0 mm—DN100 20 175 300 WG5,WG5E,WF5,WG7,WG7E,WL7 1¼-4 1205 2068 DN32 - DN100 12 20 300 300 WLS 1 'A-2 2068 2068 DN32 - 0N50 20 20 NOTES EF = EDDY FLOW steel pipe manufactured by Bull Moose Tube Co. EL = EDDYLITE steel pipe manufactured by Bull Moose Tube Co. ET40 = Eddythread 40 steel pipe manufactured by Bull Moose Tube Co. EZF = EZ-Flow steel pipe manufactured by Northwest Pipe Co. EZT = EZ-Thread steel pipe manufactured by Youngstown Tube Co. FF = Fire-Flo steel pipe manufactured by Youngstown Tube Co. GL = GL steel pipe manufactured by Wheatland Tube Co. MF = Mega-Flow steel pipe manufactured by Wheatland Tube Co. MT = Mega-Thread steel pipe manufactured by Wheatland Tube Co. MLT = MLT steel pipe manufactured by Wheatland Tube Co TF = Tex-Flow steel pipe manufactured by Tex-Tube Co. WG5, WG5E, WF5 = WGalweld 5, WGalweld 5E, WFlow 5 steel pipe manufactured by Wuppermann Stahl GmbH. WG7, WG7E, WL7 = WGalweld 7, Wgalweld 7E, WLight 7 steel pipe manufactured by Wuppermann Stahl GmbH WLS = WLS steel pipe manufactured by Wheatland Tube Co. 5.3 PERFORMANCE Specialty Pipe Style 109 One-Bolt Installation-Ready Coupling Listings/Approvals Size Pressure Rating cULus FM inches PSI Psi kPa kPa Pipe Type DN bar bar 1¼-2½ 300 DN32 —73.0mm N/A 2068 EF 20 + 300 1½-2½ 0N40 —73.0mm 2068 N/A 20 1 '/4-2 300 Easy-Flow 0N32 - DN50 N/A 2068 20 300 EL 1¼-2 N/A 2068 0N32 - DNSO 20 300 300 ET40 1'/42 2068 2068 0N32 - DNSO 20 20 300 P4-2 N/A 2068 DN32 - DNSO EZ1 20 + +. 300 1½-2 2068 N/A DN40 - DN50 20 300 300 FF 1½-2½ 2068 2068 0N40 —73.0mm 20 300 GL 1¼-2 N/A 2068 DN32 - DNSO 300 i 300 MF 1¼-2½ 2068 2068 DN32 —73.0mm 20 20 300 300 1 14-2 MT 2068 2068 DN32 - DNSO 20 20 300 300 MLT 1¼-2 206 DN32 - DN5O 208 2 0206 8 2½ 300 TF 73.0 mm WA 2068 20 1'/4-2 300 WG7,WG7E 0N32—DN50 N/A 2 068 20 300 P42 W DN32 - DN50 N/A 2068 20 NOTES EF = EDDY FLOW steel pipe manufactured by Bull Moose Tube Co. Easy-Flow = Easy-Flow steel pipe manufactured by Borusan Mannesmann Boru. EL = EDDYLITE steel pipe manufactured by Bull Moose Tube Co. ET40 = Eddythread 40 steel pipe manufactured by Bull Moose Tube Co. EZT = EZ-Thread steel pipe manufactured by Youngstown Tube Co. FE = Fire-Flo steel pipe manufactured by Youngstown Tube Co. GL = GL steel pipe manufactured by Wheatland Tube Co. ME = Mega-Flow steel pipe manufactured by Wheatland Tube Co. MT = Mega-Thread steel pipe manufactured by Wheatland Tube Co. MLT = MLT steel pipe manufactured by Wheatland Tube Co. IF = Tex-Flow steel pipe manufactured by Tex-Tube Co. WG7, WG7E = WGalweld 7 and WGalweld 7E steel pipe manufactured by Wuppermann Stahl GmbH. WLS = WLS steel pipe manufactured by Wheatland Tube Co. 10.64 7072 Rev M Updated 12/2018 * 2018 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. virbu.lii inm N. \4taulicr victaulic.com 6.0 NOTIFICATIONS S WARNING Read and understand all instructions before attempting to install any Victaulic Lr...J products. Always verity that the piping system has been completely depressurized and drained immediately prior to installation, removal, adjustment, or maintenance of Q any Victaulic products. Wear safety glasses, hardhat, and foot protection. Failure to follow these instructions could result in death or serious personal injury and property damage. is These products shall be used only in fire protection systems that are designed and installed in accordance with current, applicable National Fire Protection Association (NFPA 13, 13D, 13R, etc.) standards, or equivalent standards, and in accordance with applicable building and fire codes. These standards and codes contain important information regarding protection of systems from freezing temperatures, corrosion, mechanical damage, etc. The installer shall understand the use of this product and why it was specified for the particular application. The installer shall understand common industry safety standards and potential consequences of improper product installation. It is the system designers responsibility to verity suitability of materials for use with the intended fluid media within the piping system and external environment. The material specifier shall evaluate the effect of chemical composition, pH level, operating temperature, chloride level, oxygen level, and flow rate on materials to confirm system life will be acceptable for the intended service. Failure to follow installation requirements and local and national codes and standards could compromise system integrity or cause system failure, resulting in death or serious personal injury and property damage. 7.0 REFERENCE MATERIALS 05.01: Seal Selection Guide 25.01: Original Groove System (OGS) Groove Specifications 1-009N: Installation Instructions FireLock "TM Rigid Couplina Style 009N 1-100: Victaulic Field Installation Handbook 1.109: Installation Instructions FireLockiM One-Bolt Rigid Coupling Style 109 l-ENDCAP: Victaulic End Caps Installation Instructions Note This product shall be manufactured by Victaulic or to Victaulic specifications. All products to be installed in accordance with current Victaulic installation/assembly instructions. Victaulic reserves the right to change product specifications, designs and standard equipment without notice and without incurring obligations. Installation Reference should always be made to the Victaulic installation handbook or installation instructions of the product you are installing. Handbooks are included with each shipment of Victaulic products, providing complete installation and assembly data, and are available in PDF format on our website at www.victaulic.com. Warranty Refer to the Warranty section of the current Price List or contact Victaulic for details. Trademarks Victaulic and all other Victaulic marks are the trademarks or registered trademarks of Victaulic Company, and/or its affiliated entities, in the U.S. and/or other countries. User Responsibility for Product Selection and Suitability Each user bears final responsibility for making a determination as to the suitability of Victaulic products for a particular end-use application, in accordance with industry standards and project specifications, and the applicable building codes and related regulations as well as Victaulic performance, maintenance, safety, and warning Instructions. Nothing in this or any other document, nor any verbal recommendation, advice, or opinion from any Victaulic employee, shall be deemed to alter, vary, supersede, or waive any provision of Victaulic Company's standard conditions of sale, installation guide, or this disclaimer. Intellectual Property Rights No statement contained herein concerning a possible or suggested use of any material, product, service, or design is Intended, or should be constructed, to grant any license under any patent or other intellectual property right of Victaulic or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates covering such use or design, or as a recommendation for the use of such material, product, service, or design in the infringement of any patent or other intellectual property right. The terms Patented or Patent Pending refer to design or utility patents or patent applications for articles and/or methods of use in the United States and/or other countries. 10.64 7072 Rev M Updated 12/2018 0 2018 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com \j'(tauIic Victaulic® Flexible Coupling 4tauuicr is Style 75 06.05 1.0 PRODUCT DESCRIPTION Available Sizes 1 - 8/DN25 - DN200 Pipe Material Carbon steel Stainless steel Maximum Working Pressure Accommodates pressures ranging from full vacuum (29.9 in Hg/760 mm Hg) up to 500 psi/3447 kPa/34 bar Working pressure dependent on material, wall thickness and size of pipe S Application Joins standard roll grooved and cut grooved pipe, as well as grooved fittings, valves and accessories Provides a flexible pipe joint which allows for expansion, contraction and deflection Up to 50% lighter in weight than standard Victaulic Style 77 or Style 177N flexible couplings 2.0 CERTIFICATION/LISTINGS ILPCBlLEM (' NOTES Download publication 10.01 for Fire Protection Certifications/Listings Reference Guide. See publication 02.06 Victaulic Potable Water Approvals ANSI/NSF for potable water approvals if applicable. ALWAYS REFER TO ANY NOTIFICATIONS AT THE END OF THIS DOCUMENT REGARDING PRODUCT INSTALLATION, MAINTENANCE OR SUPPORT. System No. Location Spec Section Paragraph Submitted By Date . Approved Date victaulic.com 06.05 1470 Rev P Updated 10/2017 © 2017 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. 1 iCtUIiC victaulic.com 3.0 SPECIFICATIONS - MATERIAL Housing: Ductile iron conforming to ASTM A536, Grade 65-45-12. Ductile iron conforming to ASTM A395, Grade 65-45-15, is available upon special request. Housing Coating: (specify choice) El Standard: Orange enamel O Optional: Hot dipped galvanized El Optional: Contact Victaulic with your requirements for other coatings. Gasket: (specify choice') 0 Grade "E" EPDM EPDM (Green stripe color code). Temperature range —30°F to +230°F/-34°C to +110°C. May be specified for hot water service within the specified temperature range plus a variety of dilute acids, oil-free air and many chemical services. UL Classified in accordance with ANSI/NSF 61 for cold +730F/-i-230C and hot +180°F/+82°C potable water service and ANSI/NSF 372. NOT COMPATIBLE FOR USE WITH PETROLEUM SERVICES OR STEAM SERVICES. El Grade "T" Nitrile Nitrile (Orange stripe color code). Temperature range —20°F to +180°F/-29°C to +82°C. May be specified for petroleum products, air with oil vapors, vegetable and mineral oils within the specified temperature range; not compatible for hot dry air over +140°F/+600C and water over +150°F/+66°C. NOT COMPATIBLE FOR USE WITH HOT WATER. El Others For alternate gasket selection, reference publication 05.01: Victaulic Seal Selection Guide - Elastomeric Seal Construction. 1 Services listed are General Service Guidelines only. It should be noted that there are srvices for which these gaskets are not compatible. Reference should always be made to the latest Victaulic Seal Selection Guide for specific gasket servicuidelines and for a listing of services which are not compatible. BoltslNuts: (specify choic&) o Standard: Carbon steel oval neck track bolts meeting the mechanical property requirements of ASTM A449 (imperial) and ISO 898-1 Class 9.8 (metric). Carbon steel hex nuts meeting the mechanical property requirements of ASTM A563 Grade B (imperial - heavy hex nuts) and ASTM A563M Class 9 (metric - hex nuts). Track bolts and hex nuts are zinc electroplated per ASTM B633 ZN/FE5, finish Type Ill (imperial) or Type II (metric). El Optional (imperial): Stainless steel oval neck track bolts meeting the mechanical property requirements of ASTM F593, Group 2 (316 stainless steel), condition CW. Stainless steel heavy nuts meeting the mechanical property requirements of ASTM F594, Group 2 (316 stainless steel), condition CW, with galling reducing coating. 2 Optional bolts/nuts are available in imperial sizes only. 06.05 1470 Rev P Updated 1012017 C 2017 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com 2 j:tiuIic• victaulic.com 4.0 DIMENSIONS Style 75 Pipe End Deflection from Size Separation3 Centerlin& Bolt/Nut Dimensions Weight Actual Outside Approx. Nominal Diameter Allowable Per Cplg. Pipe Qty. Size X Y Z (Each) inches inches inches inches/ft. imperial inches inches inches lb ON mm mm Degrees mm/rn metric mm mm mm kg 1 1.315 0-0.06 20-43' 057 2 %x2 2.38 4.27 1.77 1.3 DN25 33.7 0-1.6 48 M10x51 61 108 45 0.6 1 ¼ 1.660 0-006 2°-1' j L 0.45 [ T %x2 2.68 J 4.61 1.77 F 1.4 0N32 42.4 0-1.6 38 j M10x51 68 L 117 j 45 0.6 11/2 1.900 0-0.06 10-56' 0.40 2 %x2 2.91 4.82 1.77 1.5 DN40 483 0-1.6 33 M10 x 51 74 122 45 0.6 2 2375 0-0.06 1°-31' 0.32 2 1 -J %x2 3.43 J 5.22 1.88 1.7 0N50 60.3 0-1.6 26 M10x51 87 133 j 48 j 0.8 2½ 2.875 0-0.06 1°-15' 0.26 2 %x2 3.88 5.68 1.88 1.9 73.0 0-1.6 22 M10x51 98 144 48 0.9 3.000 0-0.06 10-12' 0.26 2 %x2 4.00 T 5.90 1.88 1.9 0N65 76.1 0-1.6 22 Mb x 51 102 150 48 0.9 3.500 0-0.06 1°-2' 0.22 2 1/2 x23A 450 7.00 1.88 2.9 oNo 88.9 0-1.6 18 M12x70 114 178 48 1.3 3½ 4.000 J 0-0.06 I 00.54' 0.19 I 2 1:1%/21x2% 5.00 750 1.88 2.9 DN9O 101.6 j 0-1.6 16 2x70 127 191 48 13 4 4.500 0-0.13 1°-36' 0.34 2 ½x2~ 5.80 8.03 2.13 4.1 DN100 1143 0-3.2 28 M12x70 1 147 204 54 1.9 4.250 0-0.13 0.35 2 ½x2Y4 j 555 7.79 1 2.13 3.7 108.0 0-3.2 29 M12x70 141 198 54 1.7 5.000 0-0.13 1°-26' 0.25 2 %x3¼ 6.13 9.43 2.13 55 127.0 0-3.2 21 M16x83 156 240 54 25 s 5563 1 0-0.13 1°-18' 1 0.27 2 %x31/4 6.88 10.07 2.13 5.8 1413 0-3.2 L 23 M16x83 175 256 54 2.6 5.250 0-0.13 1°-21' 028 2 %x3¼ 655 937 I 2.13 6.0 133.0 0-3.2 24 M16x83 166 238 54 2.7 1 5.500 0-013 1°-18' 0.28 2 ½ x 3¼ 6.80 959 2.13 63 DN125 139.7 0-32 24 M16x83 173 244 54 2.9 6.000 0-0.13 1°-12' 0.21 2 • %x3¼ 7.38 10.48 1.88 6.2 152.4 0-32 18 M16x83 187 266 48 2.8 6 6.625 I 0-0.13 1°-5' 0.23 2 1 %x3¼ J 8.00 T 11.07 2.13 7.0 DN150 1683 j 0-3.2 18 M16x83 203 281 54 3.2 6.250 0-0.13 10-9' 0.24 2 %x3¼ 7.63 10.49 2.13 6.8 159.0 0-3.2 20 M16x83 194 266 1 54 3.1 6.500 0-0.13 1° 7' 0.23 2 %x3¼ 7.84 10.66 2.08 6.6 165.1 0-3.2 - 58 M16x83 199 271 53 3.0 8.515 0-0.13 051' 1 0.18 2 1/4x4¼ 10.19 13.75 1 2.32 13.2 216.3 0-3.2 46 M20 108 259 350 59 6.0 8 8.625 00.13 0.18 2 ~X41/4 1034 13.97 2.13 12.4 DN200 219.1 0-32 14 M20x 108 263 355 59 5.6 Allowable Pipe End Separation and Deflection figures show the maximum nominal range of movement available at each joint for standard roll grooved pipe. Figures for standard cut grooved pipe may be doubled. These figures are maximums; for design and installation purposes these figures should be reduced by: 50% for -N -3 W/DN20 - DN90; 25% for 47DN 100 and larger. NOTE Metric thread size bolts are available (color coded gold) for all coupling sizes upon request. Contact Victaulic for details. 06.05 1470 Rev P Updated 10/2017 C 2017 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com jitauIicr victaulic.com I 5.0 PERFORMANCE Style 75 Size Maximum Actual Outside Working Maximum Nominal Diameter Pressure4 End Load4 inches inches psi - lb DN mm kPa N 1 1.315 500 680 DN25 33.7 3447 3,025 11/4 1 1.660 I 500 1080 0N32 42.4 3447 4,805 1½ 1.900 500 1420 DN40 48.3 3447 6,320 2 2.375 500 2215 DNSO 603 3447 9,860 2½ 2.875 500 3245 73.0 3447 14,440 3.000 500 1 3535 DN65 76.1 3447 I 15,730 3 . 3.500 500 4800 DN80 88.9 3447 21,360 31/2 4.000 500 6300 0N90 101.6 3447 28,035 4 4.500 500 7950 ON 100 1143 3447 35,380 4.250 450 6380 108.0 3103 28,395 5.000 450 . 8820 127.0 3103 39,250 5 5.563 I 450 10935 1413 3103 48,660 5.250 450 9735 133.0 3103 43,325 J 5.500 450 10665 0N125 139.7 3103 47,460 6.000 450 12735 152.4 3103 56,670 6 6.625 450 I 15525 DN150 1683 3103 69,085 6.250 450 13800 159.0 3103 61,405 6.500 450 14930 L 165.1 3103 66,412 8.515 450 25625 216.3 3103 113,986 8 8.625 450 26280 DN200 219.1 3103 116,945 4 Working Pressure and End Load are total, from all internal and external loads, based on ANSI 836.10 sized carbon steel pipe, grooved in accordance with Victaulic specifications. Contact Victaulic for performance on other pipe. NOTE WARNING: FOR ONE TIME FIELD TEST ONLY, the Maximum Joint Working Pressure may be increased to 11h times the figures shown. I 06.05 1470 Rev P Updated 10/2017 C 2017 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com 4 X'Ac--ta-uhcr fl victaulic.com 6.0 NOTIFICATIONS WARNING Victaulic RX roll sets must be used when grooving light-wall/thin-wall stainless steel pipe for use with Victaulic Couplings. Failure to use Victaulic RX roll sets when grooving light-wall/thin-wall stainless steel pipe may cause joint failure, resulting in serious personal injury and/or property damage. NOTICE Victaulic RX grooving rolls must be ordered separately. They are identified by a silver color and the designation RX on the front of the roll sets. 7.0 REFERENCE MATERIALS 0206: Victaulic® Potable Water Aoorovals ANSI/NSF 05,01: Victaulic® Seal Selection Guide - Elastomeric Seal Construction 06.15: Victaulic® Pressure Ratings and End Loads for Victaulic Couplings on Steel Pipe 1001: Victaulic® Products for Fire Protection Pipings Systems - Regulatory Approval Reference Guide 17.01: Victaulic® Pipe Preoaration for Use on Stainless Steel Pipe With Victaulic Products 17.09: Victaulic® Ductile Iron Grooved Couplings Performance Data for Stainless Steel Pipe 25,01: Victaulic® Standrd Groove Specifications 26.01: Victaulic® Design Data 29.01: Victaulic® Terms and Conditions of Sale 1-100: Victaulic® Field Installation Handbook S User Responsibility for Product Selection and Suitability Each user bears final responsibility for making a determination as to the suitability of Victaulic products for a particular end-use application, in accordance with industry standards and project specifications, and the applicable building codes and related regulations unwell as Victaulic performance, maintenance, safety, and warning Instructions. Nothing in this or any other document, nor any verbal recommendation, advice, or opinion from any Victaulic employee, shag be deemed to alter, vary, supersede, or waive any provision of Victaulic Compans standard conditions of sale, installation guide, or this disclaimer. Intellectual Property Rights No statement contained herein concerning a possible or suggested use of any material, product, service, or design is intended, or should be constructed, to grant any license under any patent or other intellectual property right of Victaulic or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates covering such use or design, or as a recommendation for the use of such material, product, service, or design in the infringement of any patent or other intellectual property right. The terms 'Patented or 'Patent Pending refer to design or utility patents or patent applications for articles and/or methods of use in the United States and/or other countries. Note This product shall be manufactured by Victaulic or to Victaulic specifications. All products to be installed in accordance with current Victaulic installation/assembly instructions. Victaulic reserves the right to change product specifications, designs and standard equipment without notice and without incurring obligations. Installation Reference should always be made to the Victaulic installation handbook or installation instructions of the product you are installing. Handbooks are included with each shipment of Victaulic products, providing complete installation and assembly data, and are available In PDF format on our website at www.victaalic.com. Warranty Refer to the Warranty section of the current Price List or contact Victaulic for details. Trademarks Victaulic and all other Victaulic marks are the trademarks or registered trademarks of Victaulic Company, and/or its affiliated entities, in the U.S. and/or other countries. 06.05 1470 Rev P Updated 10/2017 © 2017 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com 5 JtaiuIic Victaulic® FireLockTM Fittings 6, A tUIi S 10.03 I 1.0 PRODUCT DESCRIPTION Available Sizes 1¼— 8"/DN32 - DN200 Maximum Working Pressure Pressure ratings for Victaulic FireLockTm Fittings conform to the ratings of Victaulic FireLock EZIM Style 009N couplings (refer to publication 10.64 for more information). Application FireLock' fittings are designed for use exclusively with Victaulic couplings that have been Listed or Approved for Fire Protection Services. Use of other couplings or flange adapters may result in bolt pad interference. • Connects pipe, provides change in direction and adapts sizes or components Pipe Materials Carbon steel 2.0 CERTIFICATION/LISTINGS EN 10311 Regulation (ELI) No. 305/2011 3.0 SPECIFICATIONS - MATERIAL Fitting: Ductile iron conforming to ASTM A536, Grade 65-45-12. Fitting Coating: El Orange enamel. o Red enamel in Europe, Middle East, Africa, and India. El Optional: Hot dipped galvanized. ALWAYS REFER TO ANY NOTIFICATIONS AT THE END OF THIS DOCUMENT REGARDING PRODUCT INSTALLATION, MAINTENANCE OR SUPPORT. System No. Location Spec Section Paragraph Submitted By Date Approved Date victaulic.com 10.03 1539 Rev N updated 09/2017 0 2017 Victaulic company. All rights reserved. 1 ________________ S victaulic.com 4.0 DIMENSIONS C to E E 0 1 Cto" No. 001 No. 003 r to I _ to Rb No. 002 No. 006 No. 001 No. 003 No. 002 No. 006 900 Elbow 450 Elbow Straight Tee Cap Approximate Approximate Approximate Approximate Actual Nominal Outside Weight Weight Weight Weight Size Diameter C to E Each C to E Each C to E Each T Each Inches Inches inches lb Inches lb Inches lb Inches lb DN I mm mm kg mm kg I mm kg I mm kg 11/4 1.660 1 - - - - - - 0.82 0.3 DN32 42.4 . - - - - - - 21 0.1 1½ 1.900 - 1 - I - I - - - 0.82 0.4 DN40 483 - L - 1- - L - - - 21 02 2 2.375 2.75 1.7 2.00 1.8 2.75 2.4 0.88 0.6 DN50 60.3 70 0.8 51 0.8 70 1.1 22 03 2½ f 2.875 3.00 J 3.1 { 2.25 2.2 3.00 3.6::[ 0.88 1.0 73.0 76_J 1.4 57 1.0 76 1.6 22 05 3.000 3.00 3.30 2.25 2.4 3.00 3.8 DN65 76.1 76 15 57 1.1 76 1.7 - - 3.500 3.38 J 4.0 1 250 3.1 J 3.38 5.3 0.88 12 DN80 88.9 86 1.8 64 I 1.4 86 2.4 22 03 4.250 4.00 5.7 3.00 5.1 4.00 73 108.0 102 2.6 76 23 102 3.4 4 4.500 4.00 6.7 3.00 5.6 4.00 8.7 1.00 2.4 ON100 1143 102 3.0 76 2.5 102 3.9 25 1.1 5 5.563 4.88 12.6 3.25 8.3 4.88 15.7 1.00 4.1 1413 124 5.7 83 3.8 124 7.1 25 1.9 5.500 4.88 12.4 325 8.2 4.88 15.4 DN125 139.7 124 5.6 82.6 3.7 124 6.9 - - 6.250 550 12.6 330 9.2 530 17.9 158.8 140 5.7 89 4.2 140 8.0 - - 6 6.625 550 183 330 J 11.7 530 22.7 1.00 5.9 DN150 1683 140 8.3 89 53 140 103 25 2.7 6.500 5.43 17.6 3.50 11.4 530 22.0 165.1 140 7.9 89 5.2 140 9.9 - - 8 8.625 6.81 255 F 4.25 J 20.4 J 6.94 38.7 1.13 12.7 DN200 219.1 173 11.6 108 93 176 17.6 29 5.8 8.515 1 6.81 23.1 - - 6.94 33.6 - - 216.3 j 173 103 - - 176 152 - - *0.03 1539 Rev N Updated 09/2017 © 2017 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com \/6taulicr S victaulic.com I 5.0 PERFORMANCE Flow Data Size Frictional Resistance Equivalent of Straight Pipe' No. 002 Actual Elbows Straight Tee No. 001 No. 003 Nominal Outside Size Diameter 900 Elbow 450 Elbow Branch Run inches inches feet feet feet feet DN mm meters meters meters meters 1¼ 1.660 DN32 42.4 - - - - 1½ 1.900 - - - - DN40 48.3 - - - - 2 2.375 3.5 1.8 83 33 DN50 60.3 1.1 05 2.6 1.1 21/2 f 2.875 4.3 f 2.2 T 10.8 4.3 73.0 1.3 { 0.7 j 3.3 1.3 3.000 4.5 2.3 11.0 43 0N65 76.1 1.4 0.7 3.4 1.4 3.500 5.0 2.6 13.0 5.0 DN80 88.9 15 0.8 4.0 15 4.250 6.4 3.2 153 6.4 108.0 2.0 0.9 4.7 - 2.0 4500 j 6.8 3.4 16.0 6.8 DN100 114.3 2.1 1.0 4.9 2.1 5 5.563 83 4.2 21.0 83 141.3 2.6 1.3 6.4 2.6 5.500 83 I 4.1 I 20.6 83 DN125 139.7 23 13 6.3 23 6.250 9.4 4.9 25.0 . 9.6 158.8 2.9 15 7.6 2.9 6 6.625 10.0 5.0 25.0 r 10.0 DN1 50 L 168.3 3.0 13 7.6 3.0 6.500 9.8 4.9 243 9.8 165.1 3.0 13 73 3.0 8 J 8.625 13.0 5.0 33.0 13.0 DN200 219.1 4.0 13 10.1 4.0 8.515 13.0 - 33.0 T 13.0 2163 4.0 - 10.1 4.0 1 The flow data listed is based upon the pressure drop of Schedule 40 pipe. 10.03 1539 Rev N Updated 09/2017 02017 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com JtEauIjcr victaulic.com 6.0 NOTIFICATIONS General Notes NOTE: When assembling FireLock EZTM couplings onto end caps, take additional care to make certain the end cap is fully seated against the gasket end stop. For FireLock EZTM Style 009N/009H couplings, use FireLockTM No. 006 end caps containing the "EZ" marking on the inside face or No. 60 end caps containing the "QV EZ" marking on the inside face. Non-Victaulic end cap products shall not be used with Style 009/009V/009H/009N couplings. 7.0 REFERENCE MATERIALS 10.64: Victaulic® FireLockM Rigid Coupling Style 009N 10.02: Victaulic® FireLockM Rigid Coupling Style 005H with ViC.PIUsTM Gasket System 29.01; Victaulic® Terms and Conditions of Sale Use, Responsibility for Product Selection and Suitability Each user bears final responsibility for making a determination as to the suitability of Victaulic products for a particular end-use application, in accordance with industry standards and project specifications, and the applicable building codes and related regulations as well as Victaulic performance, maintenance, safety, and warning Instructions. Nothing in this or any other document, nor any verbal recommendation, advice, or opinion from any Victaulic employee, shall be deemed to alter, vary, supersede, or waive any provision of Victaulic Company's standard conditions of sale, installation guide, or this disclaimer. Intellectual Property Rights No statement contained herein concerning a possible or suggested use of any material, product, service, or design is intended, or should be constructed, to grant any license under any patent or other intellectual property right of Victaulic or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates covering such use or design, or as a recommendation for the use of such material, product, service, or design in the infringement of any patent or other intellectual property right. The terms"Patented* or 'Patent Pending refer to design or utility patents or patent applications for articles and/or methods of use in the United States and/or other countries. Note This product shall be manufactured by Victaulic or to Victaulic specifications. All products to be Installed In accordance with current Victaulic installation/assembly Instructions. Victaulic reserves the right to change product specifications, designs and standard equipment without notice and without incurring obligations. Installation Reference should always be made to the Victaulic installation handbook or installation instructions of the product you are installing. Handbooks are included with each shipment of Victaulic products, providing complete installation and assembly data, and are available in PDF format on our website at www.vlctaulic.com. Warranty Refer to the Warranty section of the current Price List or contact Victaulic for details. Trademarlm Victaulic and all other Victaulic marks are the trademarks or registered trademarks of Victaulic Company, and/or its affiliated entities, in the U.S. and/or other countries. 10.03 1639 Rev N Updated 09/2017 02017 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victauliccom 4 \/(tauIiC Victaulic® Grooved End Fittings JtauIicr S 07.01 No. 20 Tee No. 10 Elbow 1.0 PRODUCT DESCRIPTION Available Sizes 3/4 — 601DN20 - DN1500 Maximum Working Pressure Pressure ratings for Victaulic standard fittings conform to the ratings of Victaulic Style 177N couplings (refer to publication 06.24 for more information). Application Connects pipe, provides change in direction and adapts sizes or components Supplied with Victaulic OGS grooves Exclusively for use with Victaulic couplings, valves, accessories and pipe which feature ends formed with the Victaulic OGS groove profile Pipe Materials Carbon steel or stainless steel . NOTE These fittings are not intended for use with Victaulic plain end couplings. Intended for use only in grooved piping systems. When connecting wafer or lug type butterfly valves directly to Victaulic fittings using Style 741 or Style 743 flange adapters, be sure to check disc clearance dimensions with I.D. dimension of fitting. ALWAYS REFER TO ANY NOTIFICATIONS AT THE END OF THIS DOCUMENT REGARDING PRODUCT INSTALLATION, MAINTENANCE OR SUPPORT. System No. Location Spec Section Paragraph Submitted By Date Approved Date victaulic.com 07.01 1449 Rev AF updated 08/2017 0 2017 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. 1 iCtUIiC victaulic.com 2.0 CERTIFICATION/LISTINGS NOTES When supplied as "hot dip galvanized" the following fittings are UL Classified in accordance with ANSI/NSF 61 and for use on cold +86°F/+30°C potable water service and ANSI/NSF 372: No. 10900 Elbow, No. 11 450 Elbow, No. 1222 1h0 Elbow, No. 13 11 '40 Elbow, No. 100 900 Long Radius Elbow, No. 110 45° Long Radius Elbow, No. 20 Tee, No. 25 Tee with Grooved Branch, No. 3045° Lateral, No. 60 Cap, No. 50 Concentric Reducers, No. 51 Eccentric Reducers. The following Victaulic fittings are VdS approved: No.10 90° Elbow, No.11 45° Elbow, No.20 Tee and No.60 Cap. The following Victaulic fittings are LPCB approved: No.10 901 Elbow, No.11 451 Elbow, No.12 22 ½ Elbow, No.13 11 ¼° Elbow, No.30 45° Lateral, No.30-R Reducing Lateral, No.100 Long Radius Elbow, No.110 Long Radius Elbow, No.20 Tee, No.35 Cross, No.60 Cap, No.25 Reducing Tee, No.33 True Wye, No.50 Concentric Reducer, No.51 Eccentric Reducer and No.29M Tee with Threaded Branch. The following Victaulic fittings are FM approved: No.10 90° Elbow, No.11 45° Elbow, No.1222½ Elbow, No.13 11 t6° Elbow, No.30 45° Lateral, No.100 Long Radius Elbow, No.20 Tee, No.35 Cross, No.60 Cap, No.25 Reducing Tee and No.50 Concentric Reducer. 3.0 SPECIFICATIONS - MATERIAL Fitting: (specify choice) El Standard: Ductile iron conforming to ASTM A536, Grade 65-45-12. El Optional: Segmentally welded steel as shown under nipples Nipples: (specify choice) El 3/4 - 47DN20 - DN100: Carbon steel, Schedule 40, conforming to ASTM A53, Type F El 5 - 6"/DN125 - DN150: Carbon steel, Schedule 40, conforming to ASTM A53, Type E or 5, Gr. B El 8- 12"/DN200 - DN300: Carbon steel, Schedule 30 or 40, conforming to ASTM A53, Type E or 5, Gr. B Flanged Adapter Nipples: (specify choice) Class 125 Flange: Cast iron conforming to ANSI B16.1. Class 150 Flange: Carbon steel conforming to ANSI B16.5, raised or flat face El Class 300 Flange: Carbon steel conforming to ANSI B16.5, raised or flat face Fitting Coating: (specify choice) E] Standard: Orange enamel El Optional: Hot dip galvanized and others. Some fittings supplied electroplated as standard - see product specifications Flanged Adapter Nipple Coating. (specify choice) Standard: None (Unfinished) El Optional: Orange enamel, hot dip galvanized and others . 07.0* 1449 Rev AF Updated 00/017 © 9017 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. vktiiiIkr'nm 3 A-0taulicr victaulic.com 4.0 DIMENSIONS Elbows No. 10 900 Elbow No. 11 450 Elbow CtoE-1 No. 12 22½° Elbow EtcE No. 13 111/4' Elbow -CtoE1 C to E4\ No. 100 900 Long CtoE1" Cto : Radius Elbow •1 '-i,Jij- '< No. 110 450 Long toE rf ____ Radius Elbow _____ _____ _____ Standard and GSNK No. 100 No. 110 No. 10 No. 11 No. 12 No. 13 90° Long Radius 450 Long Radius Size 900 Elbow 450 Elbow 22W Elbow 1144° Elbow Elbow Elbow Actual Approx. Approx. Approx. Approx. Approx. Approx. Outside Wgt. Wgt. Wgt. Wgt. Wgt. Wgt. Nominal Diameter C to E (Each) C to E (Each) C to E (Each) C to E (Each) C to E (Each) C to E (Each) Inches Inches inches lb Inches lb Inches lb Inches lb inches lb inches lb DN mm mm kg mm kg mm kg I mm kg I mm kg mm kg 1.050 2.25 05 1.50 03 1.63 (Sw) 1.38 (sw) 250 (sw) 0.4 1.88 (sw) 0.3 DN20 26.9 57 0.2 38 0.2 41 - 35 - 64 0.2 48 0.1 1 1.315 2.25 0.6 1.75 0.6 3.25' 0.6 1.38 (sw) 0.3 12.88 (sw) 0.6 2.25 (sw) 0.5 DN2S 33.7 57 0.3 44 L 0.3 83 0.3 35 1 0.1 I 73 0.3 57 0.2 1 14 1.660 2.75 1.0 1.75 0.9 1.75 0.8 1.38 (sw) 03 3.25(5w) 1.1 2.38 (sw) 0.7 DM32 42.4 I 70 0.5 44 0.4 44 0.4 35 0.2 83 0.5 60 0.3 1 ½ I 1.900 2.75 1.2 J 1.75 0.9 1.75 0.8 (sw) 05 3.63 (sw) 2.2 2.50 (sw) 1.3 DM40 483 70 0.5 I 44 I 0.4 44 1 0.4 1 1.38 35 02 92 1 1.0 64 1 0.6 2 2.375 3.25 1.8 2.00 13 1.88 1.2 138 1.0 438 23 2.75 1.8 DN50 • 603 83 0.8 51 0.6 48 03 35 03 111 1.1 70 0.8 2½ 2.875 I 3.75 I 32 I 225 22 4.001 J 2.3 150 1 1.1 J 5.13 3.4 3.00 2.8 73.0 !J 1.5 57 1.0 102 I 1.0 38 0.5 130 13 { 76 1.3 3.000 3.75 3.7 2.25 3.4 2.25 130 DN65 76.1 95 1.7 57 13 57 - 38 - - - - 3 I 3.500 J 425 4.5 230 3.1 450' 3.1 150 2.1 5.88 6.0 338 4.9 DN80 88.9 I 108 2.0 64 1.4 114 1.4 38 1.0 149 2.7 86 2.2 3½ 4.000 430 5.6 2.75 43 230 (sw) 4.0 1.75 () 2.7 DN90 101.6 114 25 70 2.0 64 1.8 44 1.2 - - - - 4 4.500 5.00 7.1 3.00 5.6 2.88 5.6 1.75 I 3.6 J 730 123 J 4.00 1 73 DN100 114.3 127 32 76 2.5 73 j 23 44 1.6 191 5.6 j102 I 33 4.250 5.00 11.0 3.00 5.6 108.0 127 5.0 76 23 5.000 Ti5(sw) 10.0 (sw) 6.0 3.50 (sw) 6.6 (.sw) 42 - - - - 127.0 133 1 4.5 13.13 79 2.7 89 I 3.0 11.88 48 1.9 5 5.563 530 11.7 325 83 2.88 (sw) 7.8 2.00 (sw) 5.0 9.25 (sw) 18.0 4.88 (sw) 14.8 1413 140 53 83 3.8 73 33 51 22 235 8.2 124 6.7 5.250 530 11.7 3.25 83 L 133.0 140 53 83 3.8 5.500 5.50 11.7 325 83 2.88 2.00 DN125 139.7 140 53 83 3.8 73 - 51 - - - - - 6 6.625 630 J 17.2 f 3.50 10.8 625' I 122 2.00 7.0 10.75 I 30.4 5.50 174 DN1SO 1683 165 I 7.8 89 4.9 159 5.5 51 32 273 13.8 140 7.9 6.250 6.50 18.6 3.50 10.8 1 L 159.0 165 8.4 89 4.9 6.500 630 15.5 3.50 9.8 3.13 11.4 2.00 T7.4 10.75(sw)[ 29.0 5.50 (sw) 19.0 165.1 165 7.0 89 4.4 1 79 5.2 51 I 3.4 I 273 I 13.2 140 8.6 1 Gooseneck design, end-to-end dimension fittings in this size, contact your nearest Victaulic sales representative. (s) = Carbon Steel Direct Roll Groove (OGS) (sw) = Carbon Steel Segmentally Welded NOTE All fittings are ductile iron unless otherwise noted with an (sw) or (s). 07.01 1449 Rev AF Updated 09/2017 © 2017 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. virf,ili 4 '49tlE.uIicr S vigfiilif- I-nm 4.0 DIMENSIONS (Continued) Elbows No. 10900 Elbow No. 1145' Elbow No. 12 22 ½° Elbow No. 13 11'A° Elbow Lo No. 100 90° Long Radius Elbow No. 110 45° Long WE Radius Elbow -j EtoE ij CtoE2" C o to Standard and GSNK i.- C to E -1 CtoE ' No. 100 No. 110 No. 10 No. 11 No. 12 No. 13 90° Long Radius 45° Long Radius Size 900 Elbow 45° Elbow 22W Elbow 11W Elbow Elbow Elbow Actual Approx. Approx. Approx. Approx. Approx. Approx. Outside Wgt will. Wgt. Wgt. Wgt Wgt Nominal Diameter C to E (Each) C to E (Each) C to E Each C to E (Each) C to E (Each) C to E (Each) Inches inches inches lb inches lb inches lb inches lb inches lb inches lb ON mm mm kg mm kg mm kg I mm kg I mm kg I mm kg 8 8.625 7.75 29.9 4.25 20.4 7.751 20.0 2.00 10.1 14.25 66.0 7.25 36.0 DN200 219.1 197 13.6 108 9.3 197 9.1 51 4.6 362 30.0 184 16.3 10 10.750 9.00 633 1 28.7 4.75 J 37.5 (sw) 30.0 T 2.13 11.8 f 15.00 107.0 6.25 57.0 DN250 273.0 229 121 17.0 1 438 111 1 13.6 I 54 5.3 I 381 48.5 159 25.9 12 12.750 10.00 74.0 5.25 66.7 4.88 (sw) 40.0 2.25 293 18.00 156.0 750 90.0 DN300 323.9 254 33.6 133 30.3 124 18.1 57 13.3 457 70.8 191 40.8 142 I 14.000 1 14.00 136.0 5.75 65.0 5.00 (sw) 46.0 [3.50 (sw) I 32.0 21.00 (s) I 164.0 I 8.75 82.0 DN350 355.6 I 356 61.7 146 293 127 20.9 89 143 533 222 37.2 14.843 14.84 1493 6.13 82.0 377.0 377 67.7 156 37.2 162 16.000 16.00 I 171.0 6.63 1 168 1 88.0 5.00 (sw)J 58.0 4.00 (sw) 42.0 124.00(s)l 210.0 110.00(s) 100.0 DN400 4063 406 77.6 393 127 I 263 102 19.1 610 953 I 254 45.4 16.773 16.75 198.6 7.00 1013 426.0 425 90.1 178 45.9 182 18.000 J 18.00 228.0 I 730 108.0 (sw) 65.0 450 (sw) 53.2 27.00(s) 273.0 {11.25(s)J 135.0 DN450 457.2 j- 457 103.4 190 50.0 1 5.50 140 293 1 144 24.1 686 123.8 { 286 61.2 18.898 . 18.88 291.0 7.83 141.7 480.0 480 132.0 200 643 202 20.000 20.00 298.0 1 8.25 1 138.0 16.00 (sw) 78.6 (sw) 65.0 130.00(s) 343.0 I 12.50(T4.0 DNSOO 508.0 508 135.2 j 210 62.6 152 1 36.0 15.00 127 1 293 762 L 155.6j 318 78.9 20.866 20.88 355.0 8.63 179.0 530.0 530 161.0 219 81.2 242 I 24.000 I 24.00 438.0 10.00 221.0 1 100.2 1 7.00 (sw) 140.0 6.00(5w)! 60.0 516.0 15.00(s) I 251.0 DN600 609.6 610 198.7 254 178 633 152 27.2 136.00(s)l 914 1 234.1 1 381 j 113.9 24.803 24.80 545.0 10.25 255.2 630.0 630 247.2 261 115.7 For AGS fitting information, see publication 20.05 14-60 DN350-DN1500 A G5 SMEP- Gooseneck design, end-to-end dimension fittings in this size, contact your nearest Victaulic sales representative. 2 For 14/DN350 and larger roll grooved systems, Victaulic offers the Advanced Groove System (AGS). For pricing and availability of cut groove fittings in this size, contact your nearest Victaulic sales representative. (s) = Carbon Steel Direct Roll Groove (OGS) (sw) = Carbon Steel Segmentally Welded NOTE All fittings are ductile iron unless otherwise noted with an (sw) or (s). 07.01 1449 Rev AE Updated 08/2017 © 2017 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. viCtauliC.com Jtaulicr victaulic.com 4.1 DIMENSIONS Reducing Base Support Elbow No. R-10G Grv. x Grv. No. R-10F Grv. x Flange CtoE CtoE-.1 No. R-1O Size Reducing Base Support Elbow Approx. Weight Each Nominal C to E H B Diameter Grv. x Grv. I Grv. x Flange inches inches inches inches lb lb DN mm mm mm kg kg 6 4 9.00 1.25 1.50 19.0 33.0 DN150 DN100 229 32 38 86 15.0 - 5 9.00 150 150 23.0 38.0 229 38 38 10.4 17.2 8 6 J 10.50 2.13 150 33.0 52.0 DN200 DN150 I 267 24 38 15.0 23.6 10 8 12.00 2.40 1.50 61.0 88.0 DN250 DN200 305 61 38 27.7 39.9 4.2 DIMENSIONS S Adapter Elbow No. 18 900 Adapter Elbow Cto Cto'K 1 No. 19 450 dapter Elbow GE GE Cto TE No. 18 No. 19 Size 90° Adapter Elbow 45° Adapter Elbow Actual Approximate ApproL Outside Weight Weight Nominal Diameter C to GE C to it (Each) C to GE C to it (Each) inches inches inches inches lb inches inches lb ON mm mm mm kg mm mm kg 3A 1.050 2.25 2.25 03 150 130 0.5 DN20 26.9 57 57 0.2 38 38 0.2 1 1.315 2.25 T 2.25 05 DN25 33.7 57 57 0.2 - - - 1t/4 1.660 2.75 2.75 0.9 DN32 42.4 70 70 0.4 - - - 1'/i 1.900 T 2.75 I 2.75 J 1.1 1.75 j 1.75 0.9 DN40 483 70 70 05 44 t 44 0.4 2 2.375 3.25 4.25 23 0N50 60.3 83 108 1.1 - - - 21h I 2.875 3.75 3.75 3.0 1 2.25 1 2.25 2.3 73.0 95 95 1.4 57 57 1.0 3 3.500 4.25 6.00 5.8 230 4.25 5.0 DN80 88.9 L 108 152 2.6 64 108 2.3 3½ 4.000 430 I 6.25 1 8.0 5.25 5.25 8.8 DN90 101.6 114 159 3.6 133 133 4.0 6 6.625 630 630 17.6 350 330 12.7 DN1SO 168.3 165 165 1 8.0 89 89 5.8 NOTE Available with British Standard Pipe Threads, specify "BSP" clearly on order. 07.0* 1449 Rev AF Updated 08/2017 0 2017 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com A-2X-0-t-aulicr victaulic.com S 4.3 DIMENSIONS Tees, Crosses and True Wyes -C to E GE to C SE No. 20 No. 35 No. 33 No. 29M Size Tee Cross (sw) True Wye (sw) Tee with Threaded Branch Actual Approx. Approx. Approx. Approx. Outside Weight Weight Weight Weight Nominal Dimeter C to E (Each) C to E (Each) C to LE C to SE (Each) C to GE C to TE (Each) Inches inches inches lb Inches lb inches inches lb inches Inches lb ON mm mm kg mm kg mm mm kg mm mm kg 14 1.050 2.25 0.6 2.25 0.9 2.25 2.00 0.7 2.25 1 2.25 (sw) 0.6 DN20 26.9 57 03 57 0.4 57 51 0.3 57 57 0.3 1 1.315 J =2~25 1.0 J 2.25 13 2.25 T 2.25 1.1 2.25 I 225 1.0 DN25 [ 33.7 7 0.5 57 0.6 57 57 I 03 57 57 03 1¼ 1.660 2.75 13 2.75 2.1 2.75 250 15 2.75 2.75 13 DN32 42.4 70 0.7 70 1.0 70 64 0.7 70 70 0.7 1½ 1.900 2.75 2.0 2.75 25 2.75 2.75 1.8 1 2.75 2.75 2.0 DN40 48.3 70 0.9 70 1.1 70 70 0.8 7j 70 0.9 2 2375 3.25 3.0 3.25 3.8 3.25 2.75 25 3.25 425 3.0 DN50 60.3 83 1.4 83 1.7 83 70 1.1 83 108 1.4 21h 2.875 3.75 4.3 3.75 6.1 3.75 3.00 43 T 3.75 J3.75 I 4.3 73.0 95 I 2.0 95 2.8 95 76 2.0 I 95 I 2.0 3.000 3.75 52 3.75 3.75 (sw) 5.2 0N65 76.1 95 2.4 - - - - 95 95 2.4 3 3.500 425 6.8 I 425 I 103 4.25 3.25 1 i 4.25 6.00 6.8 DN80 88.9 108 3.0 108 4.8 108 2.8 108 152 3.1 3½ 4.000 450(sw) 7.9 430 113 4.50 3.50 9.6 430 430(sw) 7.9 DN90 101.6 114 3.6 114 52 114 89 4.4 114 114 3.6 4.250 5.00 153 1 1 I 5.00 J 5.00(sw) 153 108.0 127 7.0 - - I - I - I - 127 I 127 7.0 4 4.500 5.00 11.9 5.00 15.8 5.00 3.75 9.8 5.00 725 11.9 DN100 1143 127 5.4 127 7.2 127 95 4.4 127 184 5.4 5.000 5.25(sw) 15.0 525 183 J 525 I 5.25 (sw) 15.0 127.0 133 6.8 133 8.4 I - - - 133 133 6.8 5.250 530 17.8 5.50 5.50 (sw) 17.8 133.0 140 8.1 - - - - - 140 140 8.1 J 5.500 550 17.8 I f T 530 550 (sw) 17.8 0N125 139.7 140 8.1 - - j - - - 140 140 8.1 5 5.563 530 17.8 530 20.0 530 4.00 15.0 530 5.50 (sw) 17.8 1413 140 8.1 140 9.1 140 102 6.8 140 140 8.1 J 6.250 f 630 I 27.1 630 650(sw) J 27.1 159.0 165 12.3 - - - - - 165 165 12.3 r 6300 650 22.0 630 28.0 i 630 630(sw) 22.0 165.1 165 10.0 165 12.7 - - - 165 165 10.0 6 6.625 650 I 25.7 I 630 28.0 630 450 1 22.3 650 630 (sw) J 25.7 DN150 168.3 165 11.7 165 12.7 165 J114 10.1 165 165 11.7 8 8.625 7.75 47.6 7.75 48.0 7.75 6.00 36.0 7.75 7.75 47.6 DN200 219.1 197 21.6 197 21.8 197 152 163 197 197 21.6 10 10.750 9.00 99.0 I 9.01 121.5T 9.00 I 630 T 69.9 I 9.00 J 9.00 I 99.0 DN250 273.0 229 449 229 55.1 229 1 155 31.7 229 I 229 4 44.9 12 12.750 10.00 133.0 10.00 110.0 10.00 7.00 80.0 10.00 10.00 133.0 DN300 323.9 254 603 254 49.9 254 178 363 - 254 254 60.3 (s) = Carbon Steel Direct Roll Groove (OGS) (sw) = Carbon Steel Segmentally Welded NOTE All fittings are ductile iron unless otherwise noted with an (sw) or (s). S 07.01 1449 Rev AE Updated 00/2017 0 2017 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com 7 jtiuIic victaulic.com 4.3 DIMENSIONS (Continued) Tees, Crosses and True Wyes .- C to E to to Cto"\ Cto IGE EO CJ No. 20 No. 35 No. 33 No. 29M Size Tee Cross (sw) True Wye (sw) Tee with Threaded Branch Actual Approx. Approx. Approx. Approx. Outside Weight Weight Weight Weight Nominal Dimeter C to E (Each) C to E (Each) C to LE C to SE (Each) C to GE C to TIE (Each) inches inches Inches lb inches lb Inches Inches lb Inches inches lb ON mm mm kg mm kg mm mm kg mm mm kg 142 14.000 11.00 (sw) 145.0 11.00 198.0 11.00 7.50 134.2 0N350 355.6 279 65.8 279 89.8 279 191 60.8 - - - 377.0 i i 292 i:s.o 65.8 162 16.000 12.00(sw) 186.0 12.00 250.0 12.00 8.00 167.0 DN400 I 406.4 305 84.4 305 113,4 305 203 75.7 - - - 4260 13.00 186.0 _____ 300 84.4 182 18.000 --15.50 (sw) 260.0 1550 350.0 1550 8.50 234.0 DN450 457.0 394 117.9 394 158.8 394 216 106.1 - - - 480.0 14.63 256.0 - - - 372 116.1 - 202 20.000 17,25 (sw) 336.0 17.25 452.0 17.25 9.00 281.0 DNSOO 508.0 , 438 152.4 438 205.0 438 229 127.5 - - - I 5300 T5.38(sw) 339.0 391 153.8 242 24.000 20.00 (sw) 592.0 20.00 795.0 20.00 10.00 523.0 DN600 610.0 508 268.5 508 360.6 508 254 237.2 6300 17.38(sw) 473.0 1 441 214.5 For AGS fitting information, see publication 20.05 14-60 DN350- DN1500 AGS' - 2 For 14?DN350 and larger roll grooved systems, Victaulic offers the Advanced Groove System (AGS). For pricing and availability of cut groove fittings in this size, contact your nearest Victaulic sales representative. (s) = Carbon Steel Direct Roll Groove (OGS) (sw) = Carbon Steel Segmentally Welded NOTE All fittings are ductile iron unless otherwise noted with an (sw) or (s). S 01.0* 1449 Rev AF Updated U/ffl.7 © 9017 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulitom \4tBluIjcr S No. 25 ram 4.4 DIMENSIONS .CtoE.1 .CtoE No. 25 No. 291 No. 29T No. 25 w/Thd. Size SW. Branch Weight Nominal C to E C to E (Each) Inches Inches inches lb DN mm mm kg 1 14 2.25 (sw) 2.25 (sw) 1.0 DN25 DN25 DN20 57 57 05 1 ¼ 1 ¼ 1 fi5 (sw) 1 2.75 (sw) 1.3 DN32 DN32 DN25 70 70 0.6 1 ½ 1 ½ 3A 2.75 (sw) 2.75 (sw) 13 DM40 DM40 DN20 70 70 0.7 1 2.75 (sw) 4- 2.75 (sw) 15 DN25 70 70 0.7 - 4- 1 ¼ 2.75 (sw) 1- 2.75 (sw) 1.7 DN32 70 70 0.8 2 2 14 3.25 325 2.5 DNSO DNSO DN20 83 83 1.1 3.25 325 2.7 1 DN25 83 83 12 3.25 (sw) 3.25 (sw) 1.8 11/4 DN32 83 83 0.8 3.25 3.25 (sw) 3.0 1 ½ DM40 1 83 83 1 1.4 2½ x 2½ x 14 3.75 (sw) 3.75 (sw) 3.9 DN20 95 4- 95 + 4. 1.8 1 3.75 3.75 (sw) 3.8 DN25 95 95 1.7 4----- 4-...--- -I. 1 ¼ 3.75 3.75 4.2 0N32 95 95 1.7 1 ½ 3.75 3.75 3.9 DM40 - 95 + 95 + 1.8 2 . 3.75 3.75 (sw) +4.5 DNSO . 95 95 2.0 3 3 14 425 (sw) 4.25 (sw) 5.7 DNBO DM80 DM20 108 108 2.6 4.25 425 6.1 1 DN25 108 108 2.8 4.25 425 8.0 11/4 DN32 108 108 3.6 425 425 (sw) 65 1 ½ DM40 108 108 2.9 425 425 (sw) 6.2 2 DN50 108 108 2.8 425 4.25 (sw) 6.4 2½ 108 108 2.9 (s) = Carbon Steel Direct Roll Groove (OGS) (sw) = Carbon Steel Segmentally Welded NOTE Cast fitting available. Contact Victaulic for details. - C to E Q C to No. 291 No. 29T No. 25 w/Thd. Size Std. Branch APPI-OX. Weight Nominal C to E C to E (Each) Inches inches inches lb DN mm mm kg 4 4 14 5.00 (sw) 5.00 (sw) 8.0 DN100 DN100 X DN20 127 127 3.6 1 5.00 5.00 7.8 DN25 127 127 35 1 ¼ 5.00 (sw) 5.00 (sw) 9.6 DN32 127 127 4.4 1½ 5.00 5.00 102 DM40 127 4----------------------------- 127 4.6 2 5.00 5.00 112 DNSO 127 127 5.1 2½ - 5.00 5.00 11.4 127 127 52 3 4- - --- - - 5.00 5.00 11.6 DM80 127 127 5.3 5 x 5 x 1 550 (sw) 550 (sw) 14.0 DN25 140 140 6.4 1½ 5.50 (sw) 5.50 (sw) 143 DN40 140 140 6.5 530 (sw) 5.50 (sw) 145 2 DNSO 140 140 6.6 550 5.50 (sw) 152 2½ 140 140 6.9 550 5.50 (sw) 16.6 3 DN80 140 140 73 550 530 (sw) 16.7 4 DN100 140 140 1 7.6 6 6 1 650 (sw) 650 (sw) 23.0 DN150 DN150 DN25 165 165 10.4 ---4---- 1- -- 1- 1 Vi 650 (sw) 650 (sw) 24.0 DN40 165 4--. - 165 4- -I- 10.9 2 650 650 - - 21.6 DNSO 165 165 9.8 2½ 1--- - 4- + 630 630 21.4 165 165 11.7 -----+ 3 630 630 265 0N80 .4.-- 165 165 - 12.0 4 650 -t--------- 630 . 25.0 DN100 - 165 I__165 113 --+ 5 650 650 . 232 165 1 165 10.5 61/2 x 6½ x 3 6.50 630 (sw) 24.0 DM80 165 165 10.9 650 630 (sw) 25.0 4 DN100 165 165 113 (s) = Carbon Steel Direct Roll Groove (OGS) (sw) = Carbon Steel Segmentally Welded NOTE Cast fitting available. Contact Victaulic for details. Reducing Tee No. 25 Grooved Branch No. 291 Threaded Branch 07.01 1449 Rev Ar Updated 00/017 © 2017 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. ,rt.i ulir rat,. '\LtauIicr 4.4 DIMENSIONS (Continued) Reducing Tee No. 25 Grooved Branch No. 29T Threaded Branch S CtoE.1 .CtoE to to No. 25 No. 291 No. 29T No. 25 w!Thd. Size SW. Branch Approx. Weight Nominal CtOE CtoE (Each) inches Inches inches lb DN mm mm kg 8 8 1 ½ 7.75 (sw) 7.75 (sw) 33.0 DN200 DN200 DN4O 197 197 15.0 2 7.75 (sw) - + -------- -4. 7.75 (sw) 335 DNSO 197 197 15.2 2½ 7 7.75 (sw) .75 (sw) 39.0 197 197 17.7 3 7.75 (sw) 7.75 (sw) 33.6 DN80 197 197 15.2 + .4 4 7.75 7.75 41.8 DN100 197 .4-... 197 .4. 19.0 5 7.75 (sw) 7.75 (sw) 34.0 197 197 15.4 4- 6 7.75 7.75 42.3 0N150 197 197 192 7.75 (sw) 7.75 (sw) 48.0 1651mm 197 197 21.8 10 10 1½ 9.00 9.00 62.0 DN250 DN250 DN40 229 229 28.1 9.00 (sw) 9.00 (sw) 62.0 2 DN50 229 229 28.1 9.00 (sw) 9.00 (sw) 62.4 2½ 229 229 283 9.00 (sw) 9.00 (sw) 60.0 3 DN80 229 229 272 9.00 (sw) 9.00 (sw) 61.0 4 DN100 229 1 229 27.7 9.00 (sw) 9.00 (sw) 52.0 5 229 229 23.6 9.00 (sw) 9.00 (Sw) 59.0 6 DN150 229 229 26.8 9.00 (sw) 9.00 (sw) 64.7 8 DN200 229 229 29.3 (s) = Carbon Steel Direct Roll Groove (OGS) (sw) = Carbon Steel Segmentally Welded NOTE Cast fitting available. Contact Victaulic for details. = C to E i- C to E to LL Jto No. 25 No. 291 No. 29T No. 25 wl Thd. Size SW. Branch Approx. Weight Nominal C to E C to E (Each) inches Inches inches lb DN mm mm kg 12 12 1 10.00 (sw) 10.00 (sw) 77.0 0N300 DN300 DN25 254 -. 254 34.9 2 10.00 (sw) 10.00 (sw) 80.0 DN50 254 -4 254 3 - 63 21/2 10.00 (5w) 10.00 (sw) - 78.0 254 254 35.4 3 10.00 (sw) 10.00 (sw) 82.0 DN80 254 -I. ---------------------------- 254 -+ 37.2 --------- 4 10.00 (sw) 10.00 (sw) 80.0 DNIOO 254 254 363 5 10.00 (sw) 10.00 ISM 75.0 254 ~ 254 34.0 6 10.00 (sw) 10.00 (sw) 75.0 DN150 254 254 34.0 8 10.00 (sw) 10.00 (sw) 80.0 DN200 254 254 363 -+ - 10 10.00 (sw) 10.00 (sw) 84.0 DN250 254 254 38.1 142 14 4 11.00 (sw) 11.00 (sw) 102.0 0N350 0N350 DN100 279 279 463 11.00 (sw) 11.00 (sw) 108.2 6 DN150 279 279 49.1 11.00 11.00 112.0 8 DN200 279 279 50.8 11.00 11.00 120.0 10 0N250 279 279 54.4 11.00 11.00 129.1 12 DN300 279 279 58.6 162 16 4 12.00 12.00 . 130.0 DN400 DN400 DN100 .- - -- 305 305 .4 59.0 * 6 12.00 (sw) 12.00 (sw) 1333 DN150 .4. 305 305 60.6 1- 8 12.00 12.00 145.0 DN200 305 305 65.8 10 12.00 12.00 1495 0N250 -4. 305 305 - 67.8 12 12.00 .4- 12.00 154.0 DN300 305 305 69.9 + .4- 4- 14 1 12.00(sw) 167.0 DN350 1 305 - 75.8 2 For 14'/DN350 and larger roll grooved systems, Victaulic offers the Advanced Groove System (AGS). For pricing and availability of cut groove fittings in this size, contact your nearest Victaulic sales representative. (s) = Carbon Steel Direct Roll Groove (OGS) (sw) = Carbon Steel Segmentally Welded NOTE Cast fitting available. Contact Victaulic for details. 07.01 1449 Rev AE Updated ofl/2017 0 2017 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. 10 JtB.uIicr victaulic.com 4.4 DIMENSIONS (Continued) Reducing Tee .CtoE1 .-CtoE1 No. 25 Grooved Branch No. 29T Threaded Branch S C to E to No. 25 No. 291 No. 291 No. 25 w/Thd. Size Std. Branch Weight Nominal C to E C to E (Each) inches inches inches lb DN mm mm kg 182 18 4 15-50 (sw) 15.50 (sw) 194.0 DN450 DN450 DN100 394 394 88.0 6 15.50 (sw) + 15.50 (sw) 200.0 DN150 394 394 90.7 8 15.50 (sw) 15.50 (sw) 202.0 DN200: 394 394 + 91.6 10 1530 1530 212.0 DN250 394 394 1- + 96.2 12 1530 1530 222.6 DN300 394 394 101.0 14 1530 230.1 DN350 394 - 104.4 16 1530 247.6 DN400 394 - 112.3 202 20 6 17.25 17.25 240.0 DNSOO DNSOO DN150 438 438 108.9 17.25 17.25 244.0 8 DN200 438 438 110.7 17.25 17.25 256.0 10 DN250 438 438 116.1 17.25 17.25 264.0 12 DN300 438 438 119.8 17.25 275.0 14 DN350 438 - 124.7 17.25 288.6 16 DN400 438 - 130.9 17.25 297.0 18 DN450 438 - 134.7 2 For 14/DN350 and larger roll grooved systems, Victaulic offers the Advanced Groove System (AGS). For pricing and availability of Cut groove fittings in this size, contact your nearest Victaulic sales representative. (s) = Carbon Steel Direct Roll Groove (OGS) (sw) = Carbon Steel Segmentally Welded NOTE Cast fitting available. Contact Victaulic for details. to J9 No.25 No. 29T No. 291 No. 25 wl Thd. Size Std. Branch Weight Nominal C to E C to E (Each) Inches inches Inches lb DN mm mm kg 242 24 8 20.00 20.00 340.0 DN600 DN600 DN200 508 + 508 154.2 10 20.00 20.00 343.9 0N250+ 508 508 156.0 + 12 20.00 * 20.00 352.8 DN300 508 508 160.0 14 20.00 360.0 DN350 508 - 163.3 16 20.00 378.0 DN400 508 - 171.5 18 + 20.00 380.0 DN450 508 - 172.4 20 20.00 373.0 DN500 508 - j69.2 For AGS fitting information, see 14-60 publication 20.05 0N350 -1500 A65- 96=P- 2 For 14?DN350 and larger roil grooved systems, Victaulic offers the Advanced Groove System (AGS). For pricing and availability of cut groove fittings in this size, contact your nearest Victaulic sales representative. (s) = Carbon Steel Direct Roll Groove (OGS) (5w) = Carbon Steel Segmentally Welded NOTES No. 291 Threaded Outlet Reducing Tees are supplied NPT and are available with British Standard threads. For British Standard specify 'BSP" clearly on order. All fittings are ductile iron unless otherwise noted with an (sw) or (s). Cast fitting available. Contact Victaulic for details. 07.01 1449 Rev Ar Updated 08/2017 © 2017 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com 11 '/(t9uIicr victaulic.com 4.5 DIMENSIONS Bull Plug No. 61 E to E -1 No. 61 No. 61 Size Bull Plug (s) Actual Approx. Outside Weight Nominal Diameter E to E (Each) Inches inches Inches lb DN mm mm kg 2 2.375 4.00 23 DNSO 60.3 102 1.1 2½ 2.875 T 5.00 I 3.0 73.0 127 1.4 3 3.500 6.00 45 DN80 88.9 152 2.0 4 4.500 J 7.00 75 DN100 1143 178 34 5 5.563 8.00 12.0 1413 203 5.4 6 6.625 10.00 17.0 DN150 1683 254 7.7. (s) = Carbon Steel Direct Roll Groove (OGS) (Sw) = Carbon Steel Segmentally Welded NOTES • Steel dish caps available through 24/DN600, contact Victaulic. No. 61 Bull Plugs should be used in vacuum service with Style 72 or 750 couplings. All fittings are ductile iron unless otherwise noted with an (sw) or (s). S 01.01 1449 Rev AF Updated oaioii © 2017 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com 12 A-c-taulicr victaulic.com 4.6 DIMENSIONS 450 Lateral No. 30 Cto LE Cto I. SE No. 30 No. 30 Size 45 Lateral Weight Actual Outside Approx. Nominal Diameter C to Il C to SE (Each) Inches inches inches inches lb DN mm mm mm kg 1A 1.050 4.50 (sw) 2.00 (sw) 1.0 DN20 26.9 114 51 0.5 1 1.315 5.00 (sw) 2.25 (sw) 1.7 DN25 33.7 I 127 57 0.8 1V4 1.660 5.75 230 23(d) DN32 42.4 146 64 1.1 1½ 1.900 I 6.25 (sw) 2.75 (sw) 35 DN40 48.3 159 70 1.6 2 2.375 7.00 (sw) 2.75 (sw) 5.0 DN50 60.3 178 70 2.3 2½ 2.875 7.75 (sw) I 3.00 (sw) 9.0 73.0 197 76 4.1 3.000 830 (sw) 3.25 (sw) 11.0 DN65 76.1 216 83 5.0 3 3.500 8.50 3.25 11.7(d) DN80 J 88.9 216 83 5.4 3½ 4.000 10.00 (sw) 3.50 (sw) 17.8 DN90 101.6 254 89 8.1 4 I 4.500 1 1030 3.75 J 22.2(d) DN100 [ 114.3 I 267 95 I 10.1 5 5.563 12.50 (sw) 4.00 (sw) 21.8 141.3 318 102 9.9 (s) = Carbon Steel Direct Roll Groove (OGS) (sw) = Carbon Steel Segmentally Welded No. 30 No. 30 Size 45 Lateral Weight Actual Outside Approx. Nominal Diameter C to LE C to SE (Each) inches Inches inches - 6.500 14.00 (sw) 430 (sw) 43.6 inches lb DN mm mm mm kg 165.1 356 114 19.8 6 6.625 14.00 (sw) 430 (sw) J 43.6 DN150 168.3 356 114 49.8 8 8.625 18.00 (sw) 6.00 (sw) 72.0 DN200 219.1 457 152 32.7 10 10.750 f0 (sw) 630 (sw) 105.0 DN250 273.0 I 521 165 47.6 12 12.750 23.00(5w) 7.00 (sw) 165.0 DN300 323.9 584 178 74.8 142 14.000 2630 () 730 (sw) 276.0 DN350 355.6 673 191 125.2 162 16.000 29.00 (sw) &00 (sw) 344.2 DN400 406.4 737 203 156.1 182 18.000 32.00 (sw) 830 (sw) 429.0 DM50 457.0 813 216 194.6 202 20.000 35.00 (sw) 9.00 (sw) 500.0 DN500 508.0 889 229 226.8 242 24.000 40.00 (sw) 10.00 (sw) 715.0 DN600 610.0 1016 254 324.3 For AGS fitting information, see publication 20.05 14-60 DN350-DN1500 AGS' - 2 For 14/DN350 and larger roll grooved systems, Victaulic offers the Advanced Groove System (AGS). For pricing and availability of cut groove fittings in this size, contact your nearest Victaulic sales representative. (s) = Carbon Steel Direct Roll Groove (OGS) (sw) = Carbon Steel Segmentally Welded NOTE All fittings are ductile iron unless otherwise noted with an (sw) or (s). 07.01 1449 Rev AF Updated 00/2017 © 2017 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com 13 ____ taullicr ______ No. 30-R S victaulic.com 4.7 DIMENSIONS 450 Reducing Lateral No. 30-R No 30-R Size 45° Reducing Lateral AL Weight Nominal C to LE C to SE (Each) inches inches inches lb DN mm mm kg 3 3 2 850 3.25 9.8 0N80 DNSO DNSO 216 83 44 1- 2½ 830 3.25 9.8 216 83 4.4 4 4 2 1030 3.75 10.0 DN100 DN100 DNSO 267 95 43 1030 3.75 10.0 2½ 267 95 43 1030 3.75 18.3 3 DN80 267 95 8.3 5 x 5 x 2 1230 4.00 24.0 DNSO 318 102 10.9 3 12.50 4.00 27.0 DN80 318 102 12.2 4 1230 4.00 263 DN100 318 102 12.0 6 6 3 14.00 430 37.0 DN150 0N150 DN80 356 114 16.8 14.00 430 36.0 4 DN100 356 114 16.3 14.00 430 44.7 5 356 114 20.3 8 8 4 18.00 6.00 62.0 DN200 DN200 DN100 457 152 + 28.1 5 18.00 6.00 753 457 152. 34.2 - --1---- - +- 6 18.00 6.00 82.0 DN150 457 152 37.2 10 10 4 2030 630 104.8 DN250 DN250 DN100 521 165 473 2030 630 99.0 5 521 165 44.9 2030 630 105.8 6 DN150 521 165 48.0 20.50 6.50 118.0 8 DN200 521 165 533 12 12 5 23.00 7.00 122.0 DN300 DN300 584 178 55.3 6 23.00 7.00 137.0 DN150 584 178 62.1 8 23.00 7.00 147.0 DN200 584 178 66.7 10 I 23.00 7.00 167.0 DN250, 584 178 75.8 F Cto LE C to SE / a- No. 30-R No 30-R Size 45° Reducing Lateral Approx. Weight Nominal C to LE C to SE (Each) Inches Inches inches lb DN mm mm kg 142 14 4 2650 730 V 172.0 DN350 0N350 DN100 673 191 78.0 6 2630 7.50 187.0 DN150 673 191 84.8 8 2630 730 205.8 DN200 673 191 93.4 10 26.20 730 235.0 DN250 673 191 106.6 * .- -- - 12 2630 730 250.0 DN300 673 191 113.4 162, 16 6 29.00 8.00 215.0 DN400 x DN400 DN150 737 203 973 29.00 8.00 2523 8 DN200 737 203 1143 29.00 8.00 265.0 10 DN250 737 203 120.2 29.00 8.00 295.0 12 DN300 737 203 133.8 29.00 8.00 305.0 14 DN350 737 203 138.3 182 18 6 32.00 830 274.0 DN450 DN450 DN150 813 216 124.3 + --- + -- 8 I.-- 32.00 830 275.0 DN200 813 216 124.7 --• - I. 1 12 32.00 830 347.0 DN300 -I-- 813 216 + 1574 14 32.00 830 - 350.0 DN350 813 216 158.8 -- 16 32.00 8.50 362.0 DN400 813 216 164.2 202 20 12 35.00 9.00 415.0 DNSOO 0N500 DN300 889 229 188.2 35.00 9.00 420.0 14 DN350 889 229 190.5 35.00 10.00 425.0 16 0N400 899 229 192.8 242 24 16 40.00 10.00 425.0 DN600 DN600 DN4001 1016 254 192.8 - 1-- 4- Vt - -- 20 40.00 10.00 570.0 DN600 1016 254 258.6 For AGS fitting information, 14-60 see publication 20.05 DN350-DN1500 AGS' . 2 For 14?DN350 and larger roll grooved systems, Victaulic offers the Advanced Groove System (AGS). For pricing and availability of cut groove fittings in this size, contact your nearest Victaulic sales representative. 07.0* 1449 Rev AF Updated 08/2017 0 2017 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com 14 '\JtauIicr 4.8 DIMENSIONS 4.9 DIMENSIONS . Tee Wye No. 32 Adapter Nipple No. 4012 Grv. x Thd No. 42 Grv. x Bev. No. 43 Grv. x Grv. E to E - EII No. 40 - EtoE-.1 r toE - [D El No.42 No.43 No. 32 No. 32 Size Tee Wye (sw) Approx. Weight Nominal G H Es Es (Each) Inches inches inches inches inches lb ON mm mm mm mm kg 2 2 2 2.75 7.00 9.00 4.63 6.4 DNSO DNSO DN50 70 178 229 118 2.9 236 2½ 2½ 3.00 7.75 10501 5.75 113 76 197 2671146 52 3 3 3 325 830 11.50,650 143 DN80 DN80 DN80 83 216 292 165 63 31h 3½ 3½ 1 325 10.00 13.001 7.75 22.9 DN9O.. DN90 DN9O 89 254 330 197 10.4 4 4 4 3.75 1030 13.63 8.13 26.0 100 DN100 DN100, 95 267 3.46 207 11.8 5 x 5 x 5 I 4.00 11230116.13 10.001 48.0 102 1 318 1 410 254 21.8 6 6 6 4.50 14.00 1825 1150 603 DN150 DN150 DN150 114 356 464 292 27.4 8 8 8 6.00 18.00 2325 1525 127.1 DN200 DN200 DN200 152 457 591 387 57.7 10 10 10 630 2030 2725 18.00 190.0 DN250 DN250 0N250 165 521 692 457 862 12 12 12 7.00 23.00 131.0012050 240.0 DN300 DN300 DN300 178 584 787 521 108.9 (s) = Carbon Steel Direct Roll Groove (OGS) (sw) = Carbon Steel Segmentally Welded No. 40,42,43 Size Adapter Nipple (s) Approx. Actual Outside Weight Nominal Diameter E to E (Each) inches inches inches lb ON mm mm kg 14 1.050 3.00 . 03 DN20 26.9 76 0.1 1 1.315 3.00 0.4 25 33.7 76 0.2 114 1.660 4.00 0.8 DN32 42.4 102 0.4 1½ 1.900 4.00 0.9 40 48.3 102 0.4 2 2.375 4.00 12 DNSO 60.3 102 05 2½ 2.875 4.00 1.9 73.0 102 0.9 3 3.500 4.00 23 DN80 88.9 102 1.1 31/2 4.000 I 4.00 2.1 DN90 101.6 102 0.9 4 4.500 6.00 53 DN100 1143 152 25 5 f 5.563 6.00 I 7.4 141.3 152 J 3.4 6 6.625 6.00 93 DN150 168.3 152 43 8 8.625 6.00 I 142 DN200 219.1 152 6A 10 10.750 8.00 27.0 DN250 273.0 203 12.2 12 12.750 8.00 33.0 DN300 323.9 203 15.0 (s) = Carbon Steel Direct Roll Groove (OGS) (sw) = Carbon Steel Segmentally Welded NOTES All fittings are ductile iron unless otherwise noted with an (sw) or (s). For pump package nipples with 1 W/40mm hole cut to receive Style 923 Vic-Let or Style 924 t/ic-O-Well request special No. 40, 42 or 43 nipples and specify No. 40-H, 42-H or 4.3-H on order. NOTE: 4- 12'/DN100 - ON300 diameter -8?200mm minimum length required. For roll grooved systems, Victaulic offers the Advanced Groove System (AGS). For pricing and availability of cut groove fittings in this size, contact your nearest Victaulic sales representative. Available with British Standard Pipe Threads, specify 'BSP" clearly on order. S 010* 1449 Rev AF Updated 0$/2011 © 2Q17 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com 15 '\j4'tauIicr vi(faiuIir, iAm 4.10 DIMENSIONS Cap No. 60 b No. 60 No. 60 Size Cap Actual Approx. Outside Weight Nominal Diameter 'T' Thickness (Each) Inches inches inches lb ON mm mm kg 1.050 0.88 0.2 DN20 26.9 22 0.1 1 1.315 0.88 I 0.3 25 33.7 22 0.1 1V4 1.660 0.88 0.3 DN32 42.4 22 0.1 11/2 J 1.900 0.88 I 0.5 DN40 48.3 22 0.2 2 , 2.375 0.88 0.6 DN50 60.3 22 0.3 2½ 2.875 0.88 1.0 73.0 22 I 03 3.000 0.88 1.2 DN65 76.1 1 22 05 3 3.500 0.88 I 1.2 DN8O 88.9 22 03 31/2 4.000 0.88 25 DN90 101.6 22 1.1 J 4.250 J 1.00 23 I 108.0 25 1.0 4 4.500 1.00 25 DN100 1143 25 1.1 5.250 1.00 45 133.0 25 2.0 5.500 1.00 43 DN125 139.7 25 2.0 5 5.563 1.00 4.6 1413 25 2.1 Rb No. 60 No. 60 Size Cap Actual Approx. Outside Weight Nominal Diameter 'T' Thickness (Each) Inches Inches inches lb DN mm mm kg 6.250 1.00 6.8 159.0 25 3.1 6500 1.00 I 7.3 165.1 25 3.3 6 6.625 1.00 6.1 DNI50 1683 25 2.8 8 8.625 1.19 13.1 DN200 - 219.1 30 5.9 10 10.750 1.25 21.0 DN250 273.0 32 95 12 12.750 1.25 35.6 DN300 323.9 32 16.2 142 14.000 950(s) DN350 355.6 241 + 162 16.000 10.00(s) 254 7 DN400 406.4 + 182 18.000 11.00(s) DM50 457.0 279 + 202 20.000 12.00(s) DN500 508.0 305 + 242 24.000 1350(s) + DN600 610.0 343 I For AGS fitting information, see publication 20.05 14-60 DN350-DN1500 I AGS' - 2 For 14/DN350 and larger roll grooved systems, Victaulic offers the Advanced Groove System (AGS). For pricing and availability of cut groove fittings in this size, contact your nearest Victaulic sales representative. (s) = Carbon Steel Direct Roll Groove (OGS) (Sw) = Carbon Steel Segmentally Welded + Contact Victaulic for details. NOTES No. 60 cap is not suitable for use in vacuum service with Style 72 or 750 couplings. No. 61 bull plugs should be used. All fittings are ductile iron unless otherwise noted with an (sw) or (s). 07.01 1449 Rev AE Updated 09/2017 © 2a17 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com 16 Ac -ta -U1 ii C 76 1.2 I 76 1.8 4.00 33 4.00 4.8 102 15 102 2.2 4.00 I 3.9 4.00 J 6.9 102 1.8 102 3.1 4.00 6.0 4.00 8.2 102 2.7 102 3.7 4.00 J 9.9 4.00 f 11.9 102 43 102 j 5.4 4.00 11.7 1 4.00 163 102 I 5.3 I 102 7.5 4.00 15.1 4.00 20.1 102 6.8 102 9.1 6.00 18.5 6.00 27.4 152 8.4 152 12.4 6.00 273 6.00 473 152 12.5 152 213 6.00 41.3 6.00 703 152 18.8 152 31.9 8.00 I 593 { 8.00 I 100.8 203 27.1 j 203 45.7 8.00 40.0 8.00 146.2 203 40.0 203 66.3 8.00 1 I 8.00 203 + 203 + 8.00 8.00 i + + 203 203 8.00 8.00 203 + 203 + victaulic.com 4.11 DIMENSIONS Flanged Adapter Nipple No. 41 ANSI Class 125 No. 45F ANSI Class 150 Flat Face No. 4511 ANSI Class 150 Raised Face No. 46F ANSI Class 300 Flat Face No. 46R ANSI Class 300 Raised Face No. 45RE PN10/PN16 Raised Face t. -EtoE .- EtoE 0 No. 41 No. 45F E to E Nni D roni rn I No. 45R No. 46F No. 46R No. 45RE 0 Size Actwl Outside Nominal Diameter inches inches DN mm 3A 1.050 DN2O 26.9 1 1.315 DN2S 333 114 1.60 DN32 42.4 1½ 1.900 DN4O 483 2 2.375 DNSO 603 2½ 2.875 73.0 3.000 DN65 76.1 3 3.500 4 4.500 DN100 1143 5 5.563 1413 I 5.500 DN125 139.7 6 6.625 DN1SO 1683 J 6.500 165.1 8 8.625 DN200 219.1 10 10.750 0N250 273.0 12 12.750 DN300 323.9 142 14.000 DN350 355.6 162 F 16.000 DN400 406.4 182 18.000 DN450 _I_ 457.0 No. 41 ANSI 125 ange Adapter Nipple APPFOL Weight EtoE (Each) inches lb mm kg 3.00 76 3.00 25 7 76 1.1 4.00 3.0 102 1.4 4.00 35 102 1.6 4.00 53 102 25 4.00 8.0 102 3.6 4.00 95 102 4.3 4.00 12.0 102 5.4 6.00 16.7 7 152 7.6 6.00 213 152 9.8 -1- 6.00 265 152 12.0 6.00 39.0 152 17.7 8.00 57.0 203 25.9 8.00 41.0 203 18.6 8.00 203 8.00 203 8.00 203 No. 45F and No. 45R ANSI 150 enged Adapter Nipple (s) Approx. Weight EtoE (Each) Inches lb mm kg 3.00 23 76 1.0 3.00 1 2.7 No. 46F and No. 46R ANSI 300 anged Adapter Nipple Approx. Weight EtoE (Each) inches lb mm kg 3.00 33 76 15 3.00 I 3.9 No. 45RE langed Adapter Nipple Approx. Weight EtoE (Each) Inches lb mm kg -1- 230 53 64 2A 230 63 64 2.9 2.50 8.2 64 3.7 2.75 I 10.0 70 45 2.75 1 163 70 7.4 2.75 163 70 7.4 - - 2 For 141DN350 and larger roll grooved systems, Victaulic offers the Advanced Groove System (AGS). For pricing and availability of cut groove fillings in this size, contact your nearest Victaulic sales representative. (s) = Carbon Steel Direct Roll Groove (OGS) (sw) = Carbon Steel Segmentally Welded I 01.01 1449 Rev AF Updated 08I011 0 2017 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com 17 A-0ta-uh-cr victaulic.com 4.11 DIMENSIONS (Continued) Flanged Adapter Nipple No. 41 ANSI Class 125 No. 45F ANSI Class 150 Flat Face No. 45R ANSI Class 150 Raised Face No. 46F ANSI Class 300 Flat Face No. 46R ANSI Class 300 Raised Face No. 45RE PN10/PN16 Raised Face .- EtoE - EtoE EtoE .- EtoE EtoE EtoE rti Dil Con-1 D 1:3 1:1 No. 41 No. 45F No. 45R No. 46F No. 46R No. 45RE No. 41 No. 45F and No. 45R No. 46F and No. 46R ANSI 125 ANSI 150 ANSI 300 No. 45RE Size flange Adapter Nipple flanged Adapter Nipple (s) flanged Adapter Nipple (s) flanged Adapter Nipple (s) Actual Approx. Approx. Approx. Approx. Outside Weight Weight Weight Weight Nominal Diameter E to E (Each) E to E (Each) E to E (Each) E to E (Each) Inches inches inches lb inches lb inches lb inches lb DN mm mm kg mm kg mm kg mm kg 202 20.000 8.00 8.00 8.00 DN500 508.0 203 - 203 + 203 + - - 242 24.000 8.00 8.00 8.00 DN600 610.0 203 203 + 203 14-60 For AGS fitting information see publication 20.05 0N350—DN1500 2 For 14/DN350 and larger roll grooved systems, Victaulic offers the Advanced Groove System (AGS). For pricing and availability of cut groove fittings in this S size, contact your nearest Victaulic sales representative. (s) = Carbon Steel Direct Roll Groove (OGS) (sw) = Carbon Steel Segmentally Welded + Contact Victaulic for details NOTE .All fittings are ductile iron unless otherwise noted with an (Sw) or (s). S 07.01 1449 Rev AF Updated 00/2011 © 417 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com 18 s'1tauIicr victaulic.com 4.12 DIMENSIONS Swaged Nipple No. 53 Grv. x Grv. No. 54 Grv. x Thd. No. 55 Thd. x Grv. E to E - E to E i.- E to E-1 Eta E i.- E to E E> Do L No. 53 No. 54 No. 55 No. 53 No. 54 EtoE E> No. 55 No. 53, 54, and 55 Swaged Size Nipples (s) Approx. Weight Nominal E to E (Each) inches inches lb DN mm kg 2 1 6.50 2.0 DN50 DN25 165 0.9 1Y4 650 2.0 DN32 4- 165 0.9 1½ 6.50 2.0 DN40 165 0.9 2½ 1 7.00 3.0 DN25 178 1.4 7.00 3.0 1% DN32 178 1.4 7.00 3.0 11/2 DN40 178 1.4 7.00 3.0 2 DN5O 178 1.4 3 1 8.00 45 DN80 DN25 203 2.0 + 1¼ 8.00 45 0N32 -4- 203 2.0 1- 1½ 8.00 43 0N40 203 2.0 ..- + ---- -1- --- -- 2 8.00 45 DN50 203 2.0 2'/z 8.00 45 203 2.0 3½ 3 8.00 6.8 0N90 DN80 203 3.1 4 1 9.00 73 DN100 X DN25 + 229 3.4 1¼ 9.00 73 DN32 229 3.4 1½ + --4---- - 9.00 73 DN40 229 3.4 4- 4- 2 9.00 73 0N50 229 3.4 2½ 9.00 73 229 3.4 + + 3 9.00 73 DN80 229 3.4 3½ - 1- - 9.00 75 DN90 1 229 3.4 No. 53, 54, and 55 Swaged Size Nipples (s) Approx. Weight Nominal E to E (Each) Inches inches lb DN mm kg 5 2 11.00 115 DN50 279 5.2 3 11.00 11.3 DM80 279 5.1 -- 4-- 4 11.00 11.5 DN100 279 5.2 6 1 DN150 DN25 12.00 305 17.0 7.7 12.00 17.0 11/4 0N32 305 7.7 12.00 17.2 11/2 DN40 305 7.8 12.00 17.4 2 DN50 305 7.9 12.00 17.4 2½ 305 7.9 12.00 17.4 3 DN80 305 7.9 12.00 17.4 3½ DN90 305 7.9 12.00 173 4 DN100 305 7.9 12.00 173 41/2 305 7.9 12.00 173 5 305 7.9 8 6 20.0 DN200 DN150 . + 9.1 (s) = Carbon Steel Direct Roll Groove (OGS) (sw) = Carbon Steel Segmentally Welded + Contact Victaulic for details NOTE All fittings are ductile iron unless otherwise noted with an (5w) or (s). 07.01 1449 Rev AE Updated 0/2011 0 2017 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com 19 4tiuuiicr victaulic.com 4.13 DIMENSIONS Female Threaded Adapter No. 80 E to E No. 80 Size No. 80 Female Threaded Adapter Actual Approx. Outside Weight Nominal Diameter E to E (Each) Inches inches inches lb DN mm I mm kg 3A 1.050 2.00 1.0 0N20 26.9 51 03 T 1315 2.06 1.0 DN25 33.7 52 03 11/4 1.660 2.31 (sw) 15 DN32 42.4 59 0.7 1½ f 1.900 2.31 (sw) 13 DN40 483 L 59 0.7 2 2375 250 1.4 DN50 60.3 64 0.6 2½ I 2.875 2.75 15 73.0 70 0.7 3 3500 2.75 2.9 DN80 88.9 70 13 4 4.500 325 43 DN100 1143 83 2.0 (s) = Carbon Steel Direct Roll Groove (OGS) (sw) = Carbon Steel Segmentally Welded NOTES Available with British Standard Pipe Threads, specify "BSP" clearly on order. All fittings are ductile iron unless otherwise noted with an (sw) or (s). 4.14 DIMENSIONS Hose Nipple No. 48 E to E M] No. 48 Size No. 48 Hose Nipple (s) Approx. Actual Outside Weight Nominal Diameter E to E (Each) Inches Inches inches lb DN mm mm kg 3A 1.050 i 3.12 0.3 DN20 26.9 79 0.1 1 I 1.315 I 3.38 0.4 DN25 33.7 86 02 1¼ 1.660 3.88 0.6 DN32 42.4 98 0.3 1½ 1.900 J 3.88 0.8 DN40 48.3 I 98 0.4 2 2.375 450 • 1.1 DNSO 603 114 03 2½ 2.875 5.38 j 2.0 73.0 137 j 0.9 3 3.500 5.75 32 DN80 88.9 146 13 4 I 4300 J 7.00 4.9 DN100 1143 178 22 5 5563 8.75 8.0 1413 222 3.6 6 6.625 10.13 143 DN15O 1683 257 6.5 8 8.625 11.88 24.7 DN200 219.1 302 11.2 10 10.750 1230 40.1 DN250 273.0 318 18.2 12 12.750 1450 62.0 DN300 323.9 368 28.1 (s) = Carbon Steel Direct Roll Groove (OGS) (sw) = Carbon Steel Segmentally Welded NOTE All fittings are ductile iron unless otherwise noted with an (sw) or (s). 07.01 1449 Rev Ar Updated 00/2017 © 2011 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com 20 'iii.j(tauIic - 4.15 DIMENSIONS Concentric/Eccentric Reducer No. 50 Concentric No. 51 Eccentric No. 50 Concentric No. 51 Size Reducer Eccentric Reducer Approx. Approx. Weight Weight Nominal EtoE (Each) EtOE (Each) Inches inches lb inches lb DN mm kg mm kg 1'/4 14 1.9 DN32 X 0N20: - + 09 - - 1 1.9 DN25 + 0.9 - - 1'/2 14 1.4 DN40 DN20 + 0.6 - - 1 250 0.8 8.50 (sw) 43 DN25 64 0.4 216, 2.0 114 250 1.0 DN32 64 03 a,- 2 14 2.50 0.9 9.00 (sw) 2.0 DN50 DN20 03 229 0.9 +64+ 1 250 0.7 9.00 (sw) 2.3 0N25 64 03 229 1.0 4- 1- 114 250 12 9.00 (sw) 4.6 - + - 4- DN32 64 0.5 229 2.1 11 2.50 1.0 350 1.1 DN40 64 0.5 89 0.5 2½ 14 13 + 33 DN20 + 0.6 1.5 1 230 1.1 930 33 0N25 64 03 241 1.6 114 330 33 3.50 1.4 DN32 89 1 13 89 0.6 1½ 230 3.6 9.50 (sw) 3.7 DN40 64 1.6 241 1.7 2 230 3.9 350 43 DN50 64 1.8 89 2.0 3 14 13 43 DN80 DN20 + 0.7 + 2.0 -----4 ------+ --- 1- 4- 1 230 13 950 (sw) 4.8 DN25 64 0.6 241 22 -- 4- - 4- -- 4 - 1Y4 230 1.4 4.8 DN32 64 0.6 + 22 - -k- - -. 4- -- - 4-- + - 1½ 230 5.1 9.50 (sw) 5.1 DM0 64 23 241 23 - ---4- - - - 4- - - - -- -4- ..--.--. + 2 I 2.50 1.6 3.50 6.0 DM50 I 64 0.7 89 2.7 _._-4.__..____._4__ -- .4-- 4- 2½ 230 1.8 330 7.0 1 - 64 I 0.8 89 3.2 --4- -----+ - + 2.50 2.1 LI61 - 64 10 3½ 3 2.50 2.0 1 930 (sw) 7.0 DN90 DN80 64 0.9 j 241 32 4 1 3.00 1 3.0 - 13.00 (sw) 6.5 DN100 DN25 76 1.4 - 330 2.9 I4-EtoE-+] 4-EtoE EDOiThu Fabricated Steel Fabricated Steel No. 50 No. 51 No. 50 Concentric No. 51 Size Reducer Eccentric Reducer Approx. Approx. Weight Weight Nominal E to E (Each) E to E (Each) inches Inches lb inches lb DN mm kg mm kg 114 4.6 DN32 2.1 1½ 3.00 (sw) 2.6 10.00 (sw) 8.1 DM0 76 1.2 254 3.7 2 3.00 2.4 4.00 33 DN50 . 76 1.1 102 1.5 2½ 3.00 2.7 4.00 3.4 76 12 102 1.5 3 3.00 32 4.00 3.5 DM80 76 1.4 102 1.6 -. . - - -,--- --I---- ,--- - - - - - 3½ 3.00 2.9 10.00 (sw) 8.0 DN90 76 13 254 3.6 5 2 11.00 (sw) 9.0 11.00 (sw) 52 DNSO 279 4.1 279 2.4 21h 4.00 43 11.00 (sw) 10.8 102 2.0 279 4.9 3 4.00 53 11.00 (sw) 11.1 DNSO 102 23 1 279 5.0 4 330 43 5.00 12.0 DN100 89 1.9 127 1 5.4 6 1 4.00 5.0 11.50 (sw) 143 DN150 DN25 102 - 2.3 292 6.6 - 1½ 53 DM40 + 23 + -+ 2 4.00 6.6 1130 (sw) 143 DM50 102 3.0 292 6.6 + - - . - 2½ 4.00 6.4 1150 (sw) 142 102 2.9 292 6.4 - .. - 1--- -,. ------. 1 .-.- - 3 4.00 6.4 530 15.0 DN80 102 2.9 140 6.8 + 4- -- . + 4 4.00 63 530 17.0 DN100 102 2.9 140 7.7 4- + . 4- 5 4.00 6.4 530 17.0 102 2.9 140 7.7 8 21/2 16.00 7.9 12.00 (sw) 26.1 DN200 406 3.6 305 11.8 3 5.00 93 12.00 (sw) 22.0 DN80 127 42 305 10.0 4 5.00 10.4 12.00 (sw) 23.0 DN100 127 4.8 1 305 10.4 5 5.00 11.6 12.00 (sw) 23.0 127 52 305 1 10.4 6 5.00 11.9 6.00 1 24.0 DN150 127 5.4 152 10.9 toE1 - E to E - - E to E - - E to E to El Etc E nd Ej 11d 9 _ Fabricated Steel Fabricated Steel No. 50 No. 51 No. 50 No. 51 No. 50 No. 51 07.0* 1449 Rev AF Updated 08/2017 0 2017 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com 21 /taulicr 4.15 DIMENSIONS (Continued) Concentric/Eccentric Reducer • No. 50 Concentric No. 51 Eccentric [I: Etc E - *- Etc E - r- E to E No. 50 No. 51 Fabricated Steel Fabricated Steel No. 50 No. 51 No. 50 Concentric No. 51 Size Reducer Eccentric Reducer Approx. Approx Weight Weight Nominal E to E (Each) E to E (Each) inches inches lb inches lb DN mm kg mm kg 10 4 6.00 19.7 13.00 (sw) 32.0 DN250 DN100 152 8.9 330 145 - .,. - ---- - -4- -I- + 5 33.0 34.6 + 150 - + 15.7 6 6.00 20.0 13.00 (sw) 36.9 DN150 152 - 9.1 330 16.7 8 6.00 22.0 7.00 21.6 DN200 152 10.0 178 9.8 12 4 44.0 14.00 (sw) 48.0 0N300 DN100 + 20.0 356 21.8 6 7.00 24.6 14.00 (sw) 50.0 DN150 178 11.2 356 22.7 8 7.00 52.0 14.00 (sw) 535 DN200 178 23.6 356 24.3 10 7.00 39.0 14.00 (sw) 57.0 DN250 178 17.7 356 25.9 142 6 13.00 65.0 13.00 60.0 DN350 DN150 330 29.5 330 27.2 8 13.00 65.0 13.00 60.0 DN200 330 29.5 330 27.2 10 13.00 66.0 13.00 65.0 DN250' 330. 29.9 330 295 12 13.00 68.0 13.00 66.0 DN3001 330 30.8 330 29.9 162 8 14.00 73.0 14.00 73.0 DN400 DN200 356 33.1 355 33.1 10 14.00 73.0 14.00 73.0 DN250 356 33.1 355 33.1 12 14.00 73.0 14.00 73.0 DN300 356 33.1 355 33.1 14 14.00 73.0 14.00 73.0 0N350 356 33.1 355 33.1 182 10 15.00 91.0 15.00 91.0 0N450 DN250 381 41.3 381 413 --- + 12 15.00 91.0 15.00 91.0 DN300 Vj 381 41.3 381 41.3 - _ V 14 15.00 91.0 15.00 91.0 DN350 381 41.3 381 41.3 -V - - -4 -- - - . - 1-- 4- 16 15.00 91.0 15.00 91.0 DN400 381 413 381 41.3 2 For 14/DN350 and larger roll grooved systems, Victaulic offers the Advanced Groove System (AGS). For pricing and availability of cut groove fittings in this size, contact your nearest Victaulic sales representative. to El E to E r- Et E I - Etc E - I H Ej No. 50 No. 51 Fabricated Steel Fabricated Steel No. 50 No. 51 No. 50 Concentric No. 51 Size Reducer Eccentric Reducer Approx. Approx. Weight Weight Nominal E to E (Each) E to E (Each) inches inches lb inches lb DN mm _kg mm _kg 202 10 20.00 110.0 20.00 177.0 0N500 DN250 508 49.9 •508 + 80.3 12 20.00 120.0 20.00 120.0 0N300 508 54.4 508 54.4 14 20.00 149.0 20.00 149.0 DN350 508 67.9 508 67.9 + + + 16 20.00 120.0 20.00 120.0 DN400.54.4 508 54.4 508 V + - _-- -------------4. - - - 18 20.00 136.0 20.00 136.0 DN450 508 61.7 508 61.7 242 10 20.00 142.0 20.00 142.0 DN600 DN250 508 64.4 508 64.4 12 20.00 150.0 20.00 150.0 DN300 508 68.0 508 68.0 14 20.00 162.0 20.00 162.0 DN350 508 735 508 73.5 16 20.00 162.0 20.00 162.0 DN400 508 1 735 1 508 735 18 20.00 162.0 20.00 162.0 DN450 508 735 508 1 735 20 20.00 151.0 20.00 1 190.0 DN500 508 685 508 86.2 For AGS fitting information, see publication20.05 14-60 DN350-DN1500 A65 - 2 For 14'7DN350 and larger roll grooved systems, Victaulic offers the Advanced Groove System (AGS). For pricing and availability of cut groove fittings in this size, contact your nearest Victaulic sales representative. (s) = carbon Steel Direct Roll Groove (OGS) (sw) = Carbon Steel Segmentally Welded + Contact Victaulic for details. NOTES Available with male threaded small end No. 52. Cast fitting available for AS size. Contact Victaulic for details. Steel eccentric reducers available through 30IDN750, contact Victaulic for dimensions. All fittings are ductile iron unless otherwise noted with an (sw) or (s). 0701 1449 Rev AF Updated l)0/2017 © 2017 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. 22 _,Ltauiicr [] 'ji,.I,ili, i#m 4.16 DIMENSIONS Small Threaded Reducer No. 52 No. 52F E E E to El -toE1 to El ID B 11 No 52F No. 52 No 52F No. 52F Concentric No. 52 Reducer with BSPT Size Small Threader Reducer Female Threaded End Approx. Approx. Weight Weight Nominal E to E (Each) E to E (Each) inches inches lb DN mm kg mm kg 1½ 1 2.50 0.8 DN40 DN25 64 + 0.4 - - 1¼ 2.50 0.9 DN32 64 0.4 - - 2 3A 250 0.9 DN50 DN20 64 0.4 - - 1 2.50 0.7 DN25 64 03 - - 114 2.50 1.2 DN32 64 05 - - 1½ 250 1.0 DN4O 64 0.5 - - 21h 1 250 1.1 X DN25 64 03 - - 1¼ 2.50(5w) 1.2 DN32 64 0.5 - ± ---4- - -V.- _4_V - 4- - 11h 2.50(sw) 13 DN40 64 0.6 - - + -4 2 2.50 1.4 DNSO 64 0.6 - - DN65 x 64 0.8 64 0.8 DNSO - - 64 0.9 3 3A15 X +(sw) - - DN80 DN20 0.7 -- - - - - -4 + - - - -- 4- - - - 1 250 13 DN25 64 0.6 - - --4-- - + - -4- - -4- - 1¼ i 230 15 DN32- -I- 64 0.7 - - 1½ 2.50sw) 1.5 DN40M 07 - - 2 - 2.50 15 0N50 64 0.7 - - ---------- -4- 21/2 2.50 2.4 64 1.1 88.9mm x 42.4mm 64 0.9 64 0.8 48.3mm 64 0.9 64 0.9 60mm - - 64 0.9 (s) = Carbon Steel Direct Roll Groove (OGS) (sw) = Carbon Steel Segmentally Welded + Contact Victaulic for details. No. 52F Concentric No. 52 Reducer with BSPT Size Small Threader Reducer Female Threaded End Approx. Approx. Weight Weight Nominal E to E (Each) E to E (Each) Inches inches lb DN I mm kg I mm kg 4 1 3.00 23 DN100 DN25 76 1.0 - - 1½ 3.00 2.7 DN40 76 12 - - 2 3.00 2.6 - DN50 76 12 - - --V V4• - 4V - 2½ 3.00 2.6 76 1.2 3 3.00 23 DN80 76 1.1 - - 108.0mm x 42.4mm 76 13 76 1.3 483mm 76 13 76 1.4 60mm - - 76 1.4 1143mm x42.4mm 76 13 76 13 4 + * 483mm 76 13 76 13 4- -t + 60mm 76 76 1.3 76 1.4 5 4 I I 45 DNI + L 2.0 - - 133.0mm x 60mm - - 114 2.2 139.0mm x 60mm - - 114 23 6 1 4.00 53 DN150 DN25 102 25 - - -4 -- + - 2 4.00 5.7 DNSO 102 2.6 - - -- VV$.._ - .4- + - - .- - 21h 4.00 5.8 102 2.6 3 4.00 5.8 DN80 102 V 2.6 - - 4 6.5 - - +(sw) DN100 - +(sw) 2.0 - - 09 159.0mm x 42.4mm 114 2.2 144 25 483mm 114 2.2 114 25 60mm - - 114 2.6 01.0 1449 Rev AF Updated 09/2017 0 017 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com 23 I'll. Ac-txa-ulia vittiulirnm 4.16 DIMENSIONS (Continued) I Small Threaded Reducer No. 52 No. 52F E E to E 1.-tot1 ID [ No. 52 No 52F No. 52 No. 52F Concentric Small Threader Reducer with BSPT Size Reducer Female Threaded End Approx. Approx. Weight Weight Nominal E to E (Each) E to E (Each) inches inches lb DN mm kg mm kg 165.1mm x 42.4mm 102mm 2.4 102 2.9 -1-I .i. I + 483mm 102mm 2.6 102 3.0 + 60mm - - 102 3.0 8 2 16.00 15 DN200 DN50 406 0.7 - - 16.00 1.7 2½ 406 0.8 (s) = Carbon Steel Direct Roll Groove (OGS) (sw) = Carbon Steel Segmentally Welded NOTES Available with British Standard Pipe Threads, specify "BSP" clearly on order. All fittings are ductile iron unless otherwise noted with an (5w) or (s). 07.01 1449 Rev AI Updated c10/2017 0 2017 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com 24 -111. A—Ctsm—uh-cr victaulic.com 5.0 PERFORMANCE O Flow Data (Frictional Resistance) The chart expresses the frictional resistance of various Victaulic fittings as equivalent feet of straight pipe. Fittings not listed can be estimated from the data given, for example, a 22½° elbow is approximately one-half the resistance of a 450 elbow. Values of mid-sizes can be interpolated. Size Dimensions 90 Elbows 45 Elbows Tees Actual No. 100 No. 110 Outside No. 10 1½ D Long No. 11 1½ D Long Nominal Diameter Std. Radius Radius Std. Radius Radius Branch Run inches inches feet feet feet feet feet feet DN mm meters meters meters meters meters meters 1 1.315 1.7 0.8 4.2 1.7 DN25 33.7 03 - 0.2 - 1.3 0.5 2 J 2.375 3.5 1 2.5 1.8 1.1 8.5 3.5 DN50 603 1.1 0.8 03 03 2.6 1.1 3.000 43 2.1 10.8 43 DN65 76.1 1.3 - 0.7 - 3.3 1.3 3 J 3300 J 5.0 3.8 2.6 1.6 13.0 5.0 0N80 88.9 I 13 12 0.8 03 4.0 1.5 4.250 6.4 3.2 153 6.4 108.0 2.0 - 0.9 - 4.7 2.0 4 4.500 1 6.8 5.0 1 3.4 2.1 1 16.0 6.8 DN100 114.3 2.1 15 1.0 0.6 L 4.9 2.1 5.250 8.1 4.1 20.0 8.1 133.0 23 - 1.2 a - 6.2 23 5.500 83 I I 4.2 21.0 83 DN1 25 139.7 2.6 13 - 6.4 2.6 5 5.563 83 42 21.0 83 141.3 2.6 - 13 - 6.4 2.6 J 6.250 9.4 4.9 25.0 9.6 159.0 2.9 - 13 - 7.6 2.9 6.500 9.6 5.0 25.0 10.0 165.1 2.9 - 13 - 7.6 3.0 6 I 6.625 10.0 73 5.0 3.0 25.0 10.0 DN150 1683 3.0 23 13 0.9 7.6 3.0 8 8.625 13.0 9.8 63 4.0 33.0 13.0 0N200 219.1 4.0 3.0 2.0 1.2 10.1 4.0 10 10.750 T 17.0 12.0 1 83 5.0 J 41.0 1 17.0 DN250 273.0 52 3.7 23 13 123 [ 5.2 12 12.750 20.0 143 10.0 6.0 50.0 20.0 DN300 323.9 6.1 4.4 3.0 1.8 15.2 6.1 14 14.000 24.54 1 15.8 1834 J 11.0 70.0 J 23.0 DN350 355.6 73 4.8 5.6 3.4 213 7.0 16 16.000 28.04 18.0 21.04 13.0 80.0 27.0 DN400 406.4 83 55 6.4 4.0 24.4 8.2 18 18.000 I 31.04 I 20.0 23.54 I 14.0 J 90.0 1 30.0 DM50 457.0 95 6.1 7.2 43 27.4 9.1 20 20.000 34•04 223 25.54 16.0 100.0 33.0 DN800 508.0 10.4 6.9 7.8 4.9 303 10.1 24 24.000 42.04 27.0 293 19.0 120.0 1 40.0 DN600 610.0 12.8 8.2 9.0 5.8 36.6 I 12.2 AGS fittings available up to 601DN1500. Contact Victaulic for details. AGS - Fitting flow data for 14-24/DN350-DN600 size No. 10 and No. 11 Elbows is based on fittings for Style 07 and 77 couplings. For flow data on AGS fittings (No. WIO and No. W11 Elbows), refer to publication 20.05. S 01.01 1449 Rev AF Updated au/gail c 207 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com 25 __________ Vic®-End II End of Run Fitting \4taulicr No. 67 10.21 w p 1.0 PRODUCT DESCRIPTION Available Sizes 1 V4 - 3?DN32 - DN80 with ½/DN15, Y4'/DN20 or 1'/DN25 female threaded NPT or BSPT outlet. Pipe Material Carbon Steel, Schedule 10, Schedule 40. For use with alternative materials and wall thicknesses please contact Victaulic. Maximum Working Pressure Up to 365 psi/2500 kPa. Function End of branchline elbow fitting for sprinkler connection. 2.0 CERTIFICATION/LISTINGS 4 . 3.0 SPECIFICATIONS - MATERIAL Housing: Ductile iron conforming to ASTM A-536, grade 65-45-12, painted Orange Enamel. Ductile iron conforming to ASTM A-395, grade 65-45-15, is available upon special request. El Optional: Hot dipped galvanized. Outlet: NPT O Optional: BSPT ALWAYS REFER TO ANY NOTIFICATIONS AT THE END OF THIS DOCUMENT REGARDING PRODUCT INSTALLATION, MAINTENANCE OR SUPPORT. System No. Location Spec Section Paragraph Submitted By Date Approved Date victaulic.com 10.21 3209 Rev F Updated 03/2017 © 2017 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. 1 ictaUIic vktaulkenm 4.0 DIMENSIONS No.67 CtoTE C to GE Approximate Nominal Weight Size CtoGE CtoTE (Each) Inches Inches inches lb DN mm mm kg 11/4 x ½ 1.875 1.38 0.6 DN32 DN15 48 35 0.3 3A 1.875 1.38 0.5 DN20 48 35 0.2 + 1- 1 2 1.75 0.6 DN25 51 44 0.3 1½ x ½ 1.875 1.5 0.7 0N40 DN15 48 38 0.3 V4 1.875 13 0.7 0N20 48 38 0.3 1 2 1.625 0.7 DN25 1 51 1 41 1 0.3 2 x ½ 1.875 1.75 0.7 DNSO DN15 48 44 0.3 * + 3A 1.875 1.75 0.7 DN20 48 44 0.3 1 2 1.75 0.9 DN25 51 44 0.4 2½ x ½ 1.875 2 1.3 DN65 DN15 48 51 0.6 3A 1.875 2 1.2 DN20 48 51 0.6 1 2 2 13 DN25 51 51 0.6 3 x -%2 2.375 2.0 + - - - - +- 1- DN80 DN20 51 60 0.9 1 2 2.375 1.9 DN25 51 60 0.9 5.0 PERFORMANCE Please see applicable coupling publication for performance, or contact Victaulic for more information. S 10.11 3209 Rev r Updated 03/2017 02017 Victaullc Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com 2 'Jitaulic victaulic.com 6.0 NOTIFICATIONS WARNING This product must be installed by an experienced, trained installer, in accordance with the ,instructions provided with each valve. These instructions contain important information. Failure to follow these instructions may result in serious personal injury, property damage, or valve leakage. If you need additional copies of this product literature or the valve installation instructions, or if you have any questions about the safe installation and use of this device, contact Victaulic Company, P.O. Box 31, Easton, PA 18044-0031 U SA, Telephone: 001-610-559-3300. 7.0 REFERENCE MATERIALS 10.64: FireLock EZ Style 009N Rigid Coupling a User Responsibility fair Product Selection and Suitability a Note Each user bears final responsibility for making a determination as to the suitability of This product shall be manufactured by Victaulic or to Victaulic specifications. All products Victaulic products for a particular end-use application, in accordance with industry to be Installed In accordance with current Victaulic installation/assembly instructions. standards and project specifications, and the applicable building codes and related Victaulic reserves the right to change product specifications, designs and standard regulations as well as Victaulic performance, maintenance, safety, and warning equipment without notice and without incurring obligations. Instructions. Nothing in this or any other document, nor any verbal recommendation, Installation advice, or opinion from any Victaulic employee, shall be deemed to alter, vary, supersede, Reference should always be made to the Victaulic installation handbook or installation or waive any provision of Victaulic Company's standard conditions of sale, installation instructions of the product you are installing. Handbooks are included with each shipment guide, or this disclaimer. of Victaulic products, providing complete installation and assembly data, and are available Intellectual Property Rights In PDF format on our website at www.vlctaulic.com. No statement contained herein concerning a possible or suggested use of any material, W'anty product, service, or design is intended, or should be constructed, to grant any license Refer to the Warranty section of the current Price List or contact Victaulic for details. under any patent or other intellectual property right of Victaulic or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates covering such use or design, or as a recommendation for the use of such Trademarks material, product, service, or design in the infringement of any patent or other intellectual Victaulic and all other Victaulic marks are the trademarks or registered trademarks of property right. The terms "Patented' or 'Patent Pending refer to design or utility patents • Victaulic Company, and/or its affiliated entitles, in the U.S. and/or other countries. or patent applications for articles and/or methods of use In the United States and/or other countries. jQ.I* 3209 Rev F Updated 03/2017 0 2017 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com 3 X. A _r_ -ta - 'A1T11 FrJReducingTL.iu I !iILiJ: X. ______ r Style 750 II!sI:1 IiflhI - * , 1.0 PRODUCT DESCRIPTION Available Sizes: 2 x 1" through 10 x 8'/DN50 x DN25 through DN250 x DN200 Pipe Material: Carbon steel Maximum Working Pressure: Up to 500 psi/3447 kPa Working pressure dependent on material, wall thickness and size of pipe Application: Joins OGS roll grooved and cut grooved pipe, as well as OGS grooved fittings, valves and accessories Permits direct reduction on piping run Optional steel washer prevents telescoping of the smaller pipe inside the larger pipe during vtical system assembly Pipe Preparation: Cut or roll grooved in accordance with publication 25.01: Victaulic Standard Groove Specifications. 2.0 CERTIFICATION/LISTINGS NOTES Download publication 10.01 for Fire Protection Certifications/Listings Reference Guide. ALWAYS REFER TO ANY NOTIFICATIONS AT THE END OF THIS DOCUMENT REGARDING PRODUCT INSTALLATION, MAINTENANCE OR SUPPORT. System No. Location Spec Section Paragraph Submitted By Date Approved Date victaulic.com 06.08 1536 Rev L Updated 10/2017 0 2017 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. 1 ictaulic victaulic.com 3.0 SPECIFICATIONS - MATERIAL Housing: Ductile iron conforming to ASTM A536, Grade 65-45-12. Ductile iron conforming to ASTM A395, Grade 65-45-15, is available upon special request. Housing Coating: (specify choice) Standard: Orange enamel. O Optional: Hot dipped galvanized conforming to ASTM A153. 0 Optional: Contact Victaulic with your requirements. Gasket: (specify choice') El Grade "E" EPDM EPDM (Green stripe color code). Temperature range —30°F to +230°F/-34°C to +110°C. May be specified for hot water service within the specified temperature range plus a variety of dilute acids, oil-free air and many chemical services. UL Classified in accordance with ANSI/NSF 61 for cold +73°F/+23°C and hot +180°F/+820C potable water service and ANSI/NSF 372. NOT COMPATIBLE FOR USE WITH PETROLEUM SERVICES OR STEAM SERVICES. El Grade "T" Nitrile Nitrile (Orange stripe color code). Temperature range —20°F to +180°F/-290C to +82°C. May be specified for petroleum products, hydrocarbons, air with oil vapors, vegetable and mineral oils within the specified temperature range; not compatible for hot dry air over +140°F/+600C and water over +150°F/+66°C. NOT COMPATIBLE FOR USE WITH HOT WATER SERVICES OR STEAM SERVICES. Others El For alternate gasket selection, reference publication 05.01: Victaulic Seal Selection Guide. Services listed are General Service Guidelines only. It should be noted that there are services for which these gaskets are not compatible. Reference should always be made to the latest Victaulic Seal SeIeiion Guide for specific gasket service guidelines and for a listing of services which are not compatible. Bolts/Nuts (specify choice2): El Standard: Carbon steel oval neck track bolts meeting the mechanical property requirements of ASTM A449 (imperial) and ISO 898-1 Class 9.8 (metric). Carbon steel hex nuts meeting the mechanical property requirements of ASTM A563 Grade B (imperial - heavy hex nuts) and ASTM A563M Class 9 (metric - hex nuts). Track bolts and hex nuts are zinc electroplated per ASTM B633 ZN/FE5, finish Type Ill (imperial) or Type II (metric). Optional (imperial): Stainless steel oval neck track bolts meeting the mechanical property requirements of ASTM F593, Group 2 (316 stainless steel), condition CW. Stainless steel heavy nuts meeting the mechanical property requirements of ASTM F594, Group 2 (316 stainless steel), condition CW, with galling reducing coating. Assembly Washer (optional): Galvanized carbon steel. Optional bolts/nuts are available in imperial size only OLQa 1536 Rev L updated 10/2017 02017 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com 2 's'(tsmulicr victaulic.com 4.0 DIMENSIONS Style 750 Pipe End Size Separation2 Deflect. From CL3 Bolt/Nut Dimensions Weight Amate Nominal Allowable Per Cplg. Pipe Qty. Size X V Z (Each) Inches inches ln./Ft. Inches inches inches I inches lb DN mm Degrees mm/rn - mm mm j mm mm kg 2 1 0-0.07 0.20 3.38 5.28 1.88 2.7 DN50 DN25 0-1.8 00.57 17 2 34 x 2 85 134 48 1.2 + 1- + - -,- - -- + -- 4- + 1½ 0-0.07 0.20 3.38 5.28 1.88 2.0 00.57 2 34x2 DN40 0-1.8 17 85 134 48 1.0 21/2 2 I 0-0.07 I I 0.16 4.00 T 1 1.88 1 3.1 X I I 0-47 I J 2 -A x 2 DNSO 0-1.8 14 102 151 48 1.4 2 0-0.07 0.16 4.38 6.63 1.88 4.6 00. 2 ½ x 2 4 DN65 DNSO 0-1.8 14 111 168 48 2.1 3 2 0-0.07 0.13 4.75 7.13 1.88 4.9 00.39 2 ½ x2~ DN80 DNSO 0-1.8 11 121 181 48 2½ 0-0.07 0.13 4.75 7.13 1.88 00.39 2 -43 0-1.8 ½ x2~ 11 - 121 181 48 2.0 0-0.07 0.13 4.75 7.13 1.88 4.2 0 39' 09 2 ½ x2~ DN65 0-1.8 11 121 181 48 1.9 4 2 0-0.13 0.28 6.25 890 2.25 8.1 19, 2 ~ x DN100 DN50 0-3.2 - 25 159 226 57 3.7 4- - + + - 1-- 4 2½ 0-0.13 028 6.25 8.90 2.25 8.6 10.19 2 54 x3'A 0-3.2 25 159 226 57 3.9 0-0.13 02 8 6.25 8.90 225 6.9 10.19, 2 34 x3'A 25 159 226 57 3.1 DN65 0-3.2 + + - 1- - 4- 4- 4- 4 4- 3 0-0.13 0.28 6.00 8.90 225 6.7 0 1 19 2 54 x314' DN80 0-32 25 152 226 57 3.0 5 4 1 0-0.13 1 0.22 7.18 I 10.70 [ 2.13 112 X 1 0.3 2 34 x4i4 N100 D0-3.2 19 182 272 54 5.1 4 0-0.13 0.19 8.63 11.90 225 152 X 0-55' 2 ~ x 41/4 165.1 DN100 0-3.2 16 219 302 57 6.9 6 4 0-0.13 I I 0.18 8.63 11.90 2.25 167 I 0°-52 I 2 34 x 414 I I DN1SO DN100 0-3.2 15 219 302 57 7.6 5 0-0.13 I 0.18 I 8.31 I 11.90 I 225 12.9 00.52 2 V4 x 41/4 0-32 15 211 302 I 5.9 8 0-0.13 0.13 10.75 14.88 250 232 00.38 2 34 x DN200 165.1 0-32 11 273 378 64 10.5 6 0-0.13 0.13 10.81 14.88 230 22.4 00 38 2 74 x 5 DN150 0-3.2 11 275 i 378 64 102 10 8 0-0.13 1 0.90 1 13.12 I 1726 2.62 31.4 0-25 2 1 x 5½ 1 DN250 DN200 0-32 8 333 438 67 142 Allowable Pipe End Separation and Deflection figures show the maximum nominal range of movement available at each joint for standard roll grooved pipe. Figures for standard cut grooved pipe may be doubled. These figures are maximums; for design and installation purposes, these figures should be reduced by: 50% for 34-3 ½'/DN20 - DN90; and 25% for 4'/DN100 and larger. NOTE Metric thread size bolts are avaialble (colord-coded gold) for all coupling sizes upon request. Contact Victaulic for details. OS.QØ 1536 Rev L Updated 10/2017 02017 Victaullc Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com \4t2.ulicr victaulic.com 5.0 PERFORMANCE Style 750 Size Maximum Working Maximum End Nominal Pressure4 Load4 Inches psi lb DN kPa N 2 1 350 500 DN50 X DN25 2413 2,225 1½ 350 1000 DN40 2413 4,450 2½ 2 500 2215 DN50 3447 9,850 2 350 1550 DN65 DN50 2413 6,900 3 2 350 1550 DN80 DNSO 2413 6,900 500 3250 2½ 3447 14,460 350 2475 DN65 2413 11,010 4 2 350 1550 DN100 DNSO 2413 6,900 2½ 350 2275 2413 10,125 4- 350 2475 DN65 2413 11,014 - 3 500 4810 DN80 3447 21,400 350 5565 X DN100 2413 24,765 6 4 350 5565 DN15O DN100 - 2413 - 24,765 5 350 8500 2413 37,825 8 350 11610 DN200 165.1 2413 51,645 350 12060 6 DN150 2413 53,645 10 8 350 20450 DN250 0N200 2413 90,970 Working Presssure and End Load are total, from all internal and external loads, based on standard weight (ANSI) steel pipe, standard roll or cut grooved in accordance with Victaulic specifications. Contact Victaulic for performance on other pipe and material. Maximum working pressure rating based on larger pipe size. Maximum end load rating based on smaller pipe size. NOTES WARNING: FOR ONE-TIME FIELD USE ONLY, the Maximum Joint Working Pressure may be increased to 1 ½ times the figures shown. For joint pressure ratings on additional carbon steel wall thicknesses, see publication 06.15. 01.0$ 1536 Rev L Updated 10/2017 0 2017 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com '\4tiauIicr S victaulic.com 5.1 PERFORMANCE S Flow Data - Head Loss Equivalent lengths of standard weight steel pipe are shown in the tables. All data is based on water flowing at +60°F/+160C. S Flow Reducing Equivalent Size Pipe Length Small Nominal Diameter inches ft ON m 2 1 5.9 DN50 DN25 1.8 1½ 2.0 DN4O 0.6 2½ 2 1.9 DN5O 0.6 2 1.9 DN65 0N50 0.6 3 2 53 DN80 DNSO 1.7 3.8 2½ 1.2 3.8 DN65 1.2 4 2 6.0 DN100 DN50 1.8 2½ 6.0 1.8 - 6.0 DN65 1.8 + 3 6.0 DNSO 1.8 5 4 3.0 DN100 0.9 4 6.0 165.1 DN100 1.8 6 4 6.0 DN150 DN100 1.8 43 5 1.4 8 7.3 DN200 165.1 + 2.2 - 6 73 DN15O 2.2 10 8 8.7 DN250 D14200 2.7 Flow Expanding Equivalent Size Pipe Length Small Nominal Diameter Inches ft DN m 1 2 2.7 DN25 DN50 0.8 1½ 2 1 1.9 DM0 DNSO j 0.6 2 1.0 DNSO x 2½ 03 1.0 DN6S , 0.3 3 33 DN8O 1.1 4 3.0 DN100 0.9 2½ 3 2.5 DN8O 0.8 3.0 4 DN100 0.9 3 25 DN65 DNSO 0.8 - - 4 3.0 DN100 0.9 3 4 1 23 DN80 DN100 0.8 4 5 3.3 DN100 1.0 4.6 165.1 1.4 6 4.6 DN15O 1.4 5 6 1 23 DN1501 0.7 8 5.4 165.1 DN200 1.7 6 8 I 6.0 DN150 DN200I 1.8 8 10 6.3 DN200 DN250 1.9 06.08 1536 Rev L Updated 10/2017 0 2017 Vlctaulic Company. All rlhts reserved. vktaulitcnm '\4taUlicr S victaulic.com 6.0 NOTIFICATIONS a WARNING E9QO• Read and understand all instructions before attempting to install, remove, adjust, or maintain any Victaulic piping products. Depressurize and drain the piping system before attempting to install, remove, adjust, or maintain any Victaulic piping products. Wear safety glasses, hardhat, and foot protection. Only No. 61 bull plugs shall be used with Style 750 reducing couplings in systems where a vacuum may develop. Failure to follow these instructions could result in death or serious personal injury and property damage. 7.0 REFERENCE MATERIALS 05,01: Victaulic® Seal Selection Guide 10.01: Victaulic® Products for Fire Protection Piping Systems - Regulatory Approval Reference Guide 25.01: Victaulic® Original Groove System (OGS) Groove Specifications 26.01: Victaulic® Design Data 29.01: Victaulic® Terms and Conditions of Sale 1-100: Victaulic® Field Installation Handbook Note This product shall be manufactured by Victaulic or to Victaulic specifications. All products to be installed in accordance with current Victaulic installation/assembly Instructions. Victaulic reserves the right to change product specifications, designs and standard equipment without notice and without incurring obligations. Installation Reference should always be made to the Victaulic installation handbook or installation instructions of the product you are installing. Handbooks are included with each shipment of Victaulic products, providing complete installation and assembly data, and are available In PDF format on our website at www.victaulic.com, Warranty Refer to the Warranty section of the current Price List or contact Victaulic for details. adenuata Victaulic and all other Victaulic marks are the trademarks or registered trademarks of Victaulic Company, and/or its affiliated entities, in the U.S. and/or other countries. User Responsibility for Product Selection and Suitability Each user bears final responsibility for making a determination as to the suitability of Victaulic products for a particular end-use application, in accordance with industry standards and project specifications, and the applicable building codes and related regulations as well as Victaulic performance, maintenance, safety, and warning Instructions. Nothing In this or any other document, nor any verbal recommendation, advice, or opinion from any Victaulic employee, shall be deemed to alter, vary, supersede, or waive any provision of Victaulic Company's standard conditions of sale, installation guide, or this disclaimer. Intellectual Property RIghts No statement contained herein concerning a possible or suggested use of any material, product, service, or design is intended, or should be constructed, to grant any license under any patent or other intellectual property right of Victaulic or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates covering such use or design, or as a recommendation for the use of such material, product, service, or design in the infringement of any patentor other intellectual property right. The terms 'Patented' or "Patent Pending' refer to design or utility patents or patent applications for articles and/or methods of use In the United States and/or other countries. 01.0$ 1536 Rev L Updated 10/2017 C 2017 Victaullc Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com 6 j$(tulic HANGERS 0 *Fig. 20 - Standard Pipe Strap Fig. 20S - Flush Mount Pipe Strap Size Range - 1/2" thru 8" pipe Material - Carbon Steel Function - Recommended for supporting pipe with fittings vertically or horizontally to walls or ceiling. Fig. 20S will support pipe flush with mounting surface. Approvals - Conforms to Federal Specification WW-H-1 71 E, Type 26 and Manufacturers Standardization Society SP-69, Type 26. Finish - Plain Note - Available in Electro-Galvanized and HDG finish or Stainless Steel materials. Order By - Figure number, pipe size, material and finish Data Table for Fig. 20S Dimensions • Weights Pipe Hole Max. Rec. Approx. Sizes A B C D Size Load Lbs. WtJ100 1/2 41/8 5/16 2/8 3/4 7/16 410 21 3/4 4A 7/16 3 15/16 7/16 410 24 1 49A6 9/16 33A 1½ 7/16 410 26 11/4 415/ 11/16 33/4 1½ 7/16 410 30 1½ 5A6 13/16 41/4 1% 7/16 410 33 2 53/4 11M 4Y4 21/4 7/16 410 38 21h 61/4 1A6 51/4 23/4 7/16 610 102 3 67A 1% 57/8 33A 7/16 610 118 3½ 73A 17A 63A 37/8 7/16 610 130 4 83A 21A 7 43A 9/16 725 159 5 9'A 2% 77/8 53A 9/16 725 191 6 10½ 33A 87A 67A6 9/16 725 234 8 14 41/4 11½ 83A 11/16 900 446 Data Table for Fig. 20 Dimensions • Weights Pipe Hole Max. Rec. Approx. Sizes A B C D Size Load Lbs. WtJ100 • 1/2 3/4 37/8 4 3/4 13/16 31A6 31/h 15/32 We 7/16 7/16 410 410 16 21 1 49Ae 7/8 33A 1½ 7/16 410 26 11/4 41Ae 1 33/4 17A 7/16 410 30 1½ 53Ae 13/16 41/4 21A 7/16 410 33 2 53/4 1/ie 43/4 25A 7/16 410 38 21h 61/4 111/16 51/4 31A 7/16 610 102 3 67A 2 5/e 33/4 7/16 610 118 31h 73/8 21/4 63/8 41/4 7/16 610 130 4 83/6 21h 7 43/4 9/16 725 159 5 97M 31Ae 77A 513,e 9/16 725 191 6 10½ 35A 87A 67A 9/16 725 234 8 14 4/e 11½ 9 11/16 900 446 FIG. 21 - "Tin Strap" Size Range - 1/2" thru 2" pipe Material - Pre-Galvanized Steel Function - Light duty strap that attaches pipe or copper tubing to horizontal or vertical structure. Finish - Pre-Galvanized Note - Available with felt lining, order TOLCO® Fig. 21 F. Order By - Figure number and pipe size OFFICE/MANUFACTURING FACILITY • 1375 SAMPSON AVE. • CORONA. CA 92879 • PH: 9517375599 • FAX: 951.737.0330 CUSTOMER SERVICE • 800.786.5266 www.folco.com Sig. 25- Surge Restrainer Size Range - One size fits 3/4" thru 2" pipe Material - Pre-Galvanized Steel Function - Designed to be used in conjunction with TOLCO® Band Hangers to restrict the upward movement of piping as it occurs during sprinkler head activation or earthquake type activity. The surge restrainer is easily and efficiently installed by snapping into a locking position on the band hanger. This product is intended to satisfy the requirements as indicated in the National Fire Protection Association NFPA 13, 2010 edition, 9.2.3.4.4.1 and 9.2.3.4.4.4 Can be used to restrain either steel pipe or CPVC plastic Pipe. Approvals - Underwriters' Laboratories Listed only when used with TOLCO band hangers Fig. 2, 2NFPA and 200, in the USA (UL) and Canada (cUL). Finish - Pre-Galvanized Order By - Figure number and TOLCO band hanger, size from 3/4" thru 2". Patent #5,344,108 UL Listed Fis1ei*erTeble Ow site thy Iat*ntrtype Matetisi 2' 2 Aox 2' Otire screws Wood 2' 1 W Log bolt Wood t/f.4' I bolt Wood 31Jf 2 41exiW Lag bolts Wood 4' 2 lie x2'12g bolts" Wood 4' 2 #14x lor'ICx 1'Tek type scriws Mtai 115 ga-11-uge) 4 2 1 I14x or (x 1 Tek type screws Metal 116 gauge) No pre.dr1Ing PdrNFPA I -ó(ItLaQ8ób8 Up o 4 11vin pipe n 2'it6xr Dilve Screwa W1inn. 4iIw$ pipe 2'C14xI'or114"z1 teType Screws Into Mm. 18 Gouge Slad UDtO4'11NI*pipO Bc& lkriI Up to4'tlmIp - Upper Attachments TOL.CV Fig. 58- Threaded Side Beam Bracket Size Range: 3N46 rod, ppe sizes W 0cnrni thu 4' UOOnuvi) Material: PreGaivaiized Steel Function: Practical and economical bracket used to support piping from wood, concrete or stool bosms, FCaturs UniQue design ellows rod to be wslly thcoclod into br3Ck0t, 0ft30t design permits unlimited rod 84ustmern. Center mounting hole will accept IX and W fastener bolts. PorNPA 13: '12' 415mml lJru 2' iornno pine requit'es W 1asteter, 2lZ' wwmo thtu 4' (töOmsrO pipe requires V2' faStener.' Approvals: Underwriters Laboratories Liste.d in the USA (UL) and Canada (cUt), and Factory Mutual Engineering approved thru 4' ooftew pipe. fiAid; Pre'Gäivanized OrdOisy Part number and firtiib NOW; Mdilionlly UL has listed the Fig. 58 with fasteners s sxm 1fl8* betow, 2 ..'%xr Lg 8014 4Ho Pe-D1llM Upio 4' tI ppo PãstNo. Pipe Size Rod A B C Max. Roe. Load Approx. WI/tOO It Owal Size It Ow 1*. (miii in. (mu) lbs 40 lbs Okol 58 :I1t.4" 6 ,10 W-18 Z14' 1½' (38.1 11/8 1*1) 300' 11331 14 4&38 Safety Factcc of S. /ensuonsn cswts end ings are in rcnes Omo ssluown riparernnesesa'e nm4tm oGrwte specified, B'LiflQ rwin P4?p Hanqwr, 4 Stippocta 220 i41t00 A 01111111111111 May be used as a structural attachment component of a branch line restraint *Fig. 75 - Swivel Attachment Size Range - 3/8" Rod Attachment Material - Carbon Steel Function - There are three recommended applications for this product: May be used as a Branch Line Restraint for structural attachment to anchor bolt, beam clamp, etc. May be used in a pitched or sloped roof application, to meet requirements of NFPA 13 (2010) 9.1.2.6. May be used as an upper attachment with short hanger rod to omit seismic bracing (per UBC97). Approvals - Underwriters' Laboratories Listed in the USA (UL) and Canada (cUL) to support up to 4" pipe. Meets requirements of Uniform Building Code (UBC) 1997 Table 0, Section 3.13. Finish - Eectro-Galvanized Order By - Figure number PATENT PENDING C®US LISTED OFFICE/MANUFACTURING FACIUTY • 1375 SAMPSON AVE. • CORONA, CA 92879 • PH: 951.737.5599 • FAX: 951.737,0330 CUSTOMER SERVICE • 800.786.5266 www.tolco.com 0TOLCO, 4JU '~ Hg. 200-1I2 to 200-2 All dimensions in charts and on drawings are in inches. Dimensions shown in parentheses are in millimeters unless otherwise specified. 61 Pipe Hangers & Supports B-Line by Pipe Hangers Fig. 200 - "Trimline" Adjustable Band Hanger (B-Line 133170NF) Fig. 200F - "Trimline" Adjustable Band Hanger with Felt Lining for Copper Tubing (B-Line B317ONFF) Fig. 200C - "Trimline" Adjustable Band Hanger with Plastic Coated (B-Line B317ONFC) Size Range: Fig. 200 - 1/2" (15mm) thru 8" (200mm) pipe Material: Steel, Pre-Galvanized to G90 specifications Function: For fire sprinkler and other general piping purposes. Knurled swivel nut design permits hanger adjustment after installation. Features: (1/2" (15mm) thru 2" (50mm)) Flared edges ease installation for all pipe types and protect CPVC plastic pipe from abrasion. Captured design keeps adjusting nut from separating with hanger. Hanger is easily installed around pipe. (21/2" (65mm) thru 8" (200mm)) Spring tension on nut holds it securely in hanger before installation. Adjusting nut is easily removed. Approvals: Underwriters Laboratories listed 0/2" (15mm) thru 8" (200mm)) in the USA (UL) and Canada (cUL) for steel and CPVC plastic pipe and Factory Mutual Engineering Approved 0/4" (20mm) thru 8" (200mm)). Conforms to Federal Specifications WW-H-171 E & A-A-1 192A, Type 10 and Manufacturers Standardization Society ANSI/MSS SP-69 & SP-58, Type 10. Maximum Temperature: 650°F (343°C) Finish: Pre-Galvanized. Stainless Steel materials will be supplied with (2) hex nuts in place of a knurl nut. Order By Part number and pipe size Note: For metric hanger rod sizes add the metric rod size to the figure number. Example: 200M8-11/2 or200Mi0-11/2 %al Fig. 200C Fig. 200 1t rs. 200.1/2 ' Pipe in. /2' Size (15) Rod /8-16 in.Jilii Size M8 or M10 ' I'. 31/8" A (79.4) in. 2/8 B 1ill (66.7) ' lMax. I!.. 400 ' (1.78) ' Load TApprox. IL ii 'A9II I (5.0) 200-/4 3/4 (20) /8'-16 M8 or MiD 31/8" (79.4) 21/2 (63.5) 400 (1.78) 11 (5.0) 200-1 1' (25) /8'-16 M8 or M10 3I8" (85.7) 2/8" (66.7) 400 (1.78) 12 (5.5) "0_1 1/4 11/4" (32) /8"-16 M8 or M10 33/4' (94.0) 2/8' (73.0) 400 (1.78) 13 (5.9) 200-1I2 11/2" (40) /8-16 M8 or M10 3/8" (98.4) 2/8" (73.0) 400 (1.78) 14 (6.4) 200-2 2 (50) /8'-16 M8 or MiD 41/2" (114.3) 3' (76.3) 400 (1.78) 15 (6.9) 200-2I2 21/2 (65) 1 3/811-16 M10 5/8" (142.9) 41/8 (104.7) 600 (2.67) 27 (12.3) 200-3 3" (75) I8"-16 MiD 5I8" (149.1) 4' (101.6) 600 (2.67) 29 (13.3) 20031/2 31/2' (90) /8'-16 MiD 7I8' (187.3) 51/4" (133.3) 600 (2.67) 34 (15.6) 200-4 4° (100) /'-16 MiD 7I8" (187.3) 5" (127.0) 1000 (4.45) 35 (16.0) 200-5 (125) 1/2"13 M12 91/8" (231.8) 61/4 (158.7) 1250 (5.56) 66 (30.2) 200-8 (150) 1/2"..13 M12 101/8' (257.2) 6/4' (171.4) 1250 (5.56) 73 (33.4) 200-8 8" 1 (200) 1 1/2"_13 M12 131/8" 1 (333.4) 1 8/4" (222.2) 1250 (5.56) 136 (62.3) 98 - Rod Stiffener Size Rang - Secures 3/8" thru 7/8" hanger rod Material - CPon Steel Function - Se cure to hanger rod for vertical seismic bracing. Approvals -ur Seismic Restraints Catalog approved Seismic Restraint Systems Guidelines Finish - Electro Galvanized Note - Available in HDG finish or Stainless Order By - Figure number Component of State of California OSHPD Approved Seismic Restraints System Fig. 99 - All Thread Rod Cyt{o Length Size Range Zh " thru 7/8'e in 1" increment Material - C Maximum Te 50°F Finish - Pla Note - Avai -Galvanized and finish l materials. 4VD)G rder)(— Figure number, rod diameter, rod lentt' and finish Dimensions Rod Max. Rec. Load Lbs. \.Size For Service Temp 650°F 3/8.. 730 1/2 1350 3/4 7/8 Fig. 100 - All Thread Rod Full Lengths Size Range - Secures 3/8" thru 1½" rod in 10' lengths Material - Carbon Steel Maximum Temperature - 750°F Finish - Plain Note - Available in Electro-Galvanized and HDG finish or Stainless Steel materials. Order By - Figure number, rod diameter and finish Dimensions • Weights Max Rec. Load Lbs. Rod For Service Temps Approx. Size 650° F WtJ100 1/4 240 12 3/8 730 29 1/2 1350 53 5/8 2160 84 3/4 . 3230 123 7/8 4480 169 1 5900 222 11/4 9500 360 1½ 19900 51d OFFICE/MANUFACTURING FACILITY • 1375 SAMPSON AVE • CORONA, CA 92879 • PH: 951.737.5599 • FAX: 951.737.0330 I CUSTOMER SERVICE • 800.786.5266 www.tolco.com Set Screw and Locknut Included ®TOLCD C&S USM Fig. 65 - Reversible Steel C-Type Beam Clamp 3/4" (19.0mm) Throat Opening • Fig. 65XT - Reversible Steel C-Type Beam Clamp 3/4" (19.0mm) Throat Opening (bottom of page) Size Range: Fig. 65 - 1/2"_13 rod sizes, and 5/8"-11 rod sizes Fig. 65XT - /8"-16 rod size (see below) Material: Steel with hardened cup point set screw and jam nut Function: Recommended for hanging from steel beam where flange thickness does not exceed 3/4" (19.0mm). Features: All steel construction eliminates structural deficiencies associated with casting type beam clamps. May be used on top or bottom flange of beam. (Beveled lip allows hanging from top flange where clearance is limited.) May be installed with set screw in up or down position. Offset design permits unlimited rod adjustment by allowing the rod to be threaded completely through the clamp. Open design permits inspection of thread engagement. Approvals: Underwriters Laboratories Listed in the USA (UL) and Canada (cUL). Exceeds requirements of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA), pamphlet 13, /8"-16 rod will support 1/2" (15mm) thru 4" (100mm) pipe 1/2"_13 rod will support thru 8" (200mm) pipe Finish: Plain. Contact Cooper B-Line for alternative finishes and materials. Order By: Figure number and finish V Fig. 65 Patent #4,570,885 Part F Approx. Wt./100 No. in. (mm) Lbs. (kg) * Maximum loads for clamp with set screw in up or down position. Fig. 65XT-3/8 - Beam Clamp Feature: Extruded holes allows for more thread engagement of threaded rod and set screw. Weight: Approx. Wt./100 - 28.0 Lbs. (12.7kg) Finish: Plain or Electro-Galvanized Order By: Figure number and finish Approvals: Underwriters Laboratories Listed (cULus) and FM Approved (FM) for up to 4" (100mm) pipe. Designed to meet or exceed requirements of FM DS 2-0. Set Screw and Locknut Included All dimensions in charts and on drawings are in inches. Dimensions shown in parentheses are in millimeters unless otherwise specified. pp— coo B-Line 17J Fig. 69 - Beam Clamp Retaining Strap (Cooper B-Line B3367) Size Range: /8-16 thru /4-10 rod 4" (101.6mm) thru 16" (406.4mm) lengths Note: longer lengths are available consult factory Material: Pre-Galvanized Steel Function: To offer more secure fastening of various types of beam clamps to beam where danger of movement might be expected. NFPA 13 requires the use of retaining straps with all beam clamps installed in earthquake areas. Satisfies requirements of NFPA 13. Important Note; Good installation practice of a retaining strap requires that the strap be held tightly and securely to all component parts of the assembly. Therefore a locking mechanism of some kind, such as a hex for the Fig. 69 will provide a more secure reliable installation. Approvals: Underwriters Laboratories Listed in the USA (UL) and Canada (cUL). Approved for use with any listed beam clamp. Finish: Pre-Galvanized Order By: Figure number, length (L), and finish. Note: Minimum return on strap is 1" (25.4mm) For Use With: Any Cooper B-Line or TOLCO beam clamp. ®TOLCO c®us USTED All dimensions in charts and on drawings are in inches. Dimensions shown in parentheses are in millimeters unless otherwise specified. COOL B-Line r L SWG 200 114 x 2" 1725 SWG 10 114xf 622 SWG 20 114x2 1725 SWG 20-SS 1/4x2" 1725 SWG 25-380 318 x 2-1I2 2249 SWG 30 114x3 1884 25 125 300 25 125 1050 25 125 850 25 125 1500 25 125 25 125 w000j j T OR KW"X ace BEIM HANGER ,1Y) MAX ANGLE HA Eliminates distortion of threaded rod. Accommodates up to 3W x 12 pitch roof. Allows 17° deflection from vertical. Saves time from traditional methods. Reduces installation costs. Made in the U.S.A. Not less than 2" nominal width (1-112) up to 3-1/2" pipe; not less than 3" (2-1/2") nominal width 4" & 5" pipe .4 Minimum 2-112" from bottom for branch lines. Minimum 3" from bot- tom for main lines. Exception: This A4, requirement shall not apply to 2 or thicker nailing stops resting on top of steel beams. No pre-drilling required. 7 Quick to install using the Sammy Nut Driver with an 18V cordless _________ drill/driver. Saves time from traditional methods. Reduces installation costs. Made in the U.S.A. Watho = vnIrNitwbuiIdeLc) HORIZONTAL MOUNT r 1/4" 8019957 I [ 3/8" 8020957 I . 3/8" 8021957 -1 3/8" 8073925 I S 3/8" 8022925 #14 Sw Red LE 3/8" 8023925 Nut Driver Part# 8114910 May require predtiing; consutt joist manufacturer. Black 3/8" 8139957 SH-f3ST20 1/4x2" 1257 (Fir) 1050 I Nut Driver Pàrt#81139l0 [I" 3/8" 8141957 SH-GST3O 114x3" 1720 (Fir) 1500 f 1903 Dim. Lumber 1500 1 3/8" 8269957 SIi-GSTICST 20 5/16 x 1-3/4° 1406 © 450ff vertical 850 © 45° Dim. Lumber 903 Dim. Lumber 1/2 8303957 SH-GST/CST 20 5/16 x 1-3/4 1406 @ 45°otf vertical tL..__. Dim. Lumber #14 SH Orange May require predrtlting; consult joist manufacturer: Nut Driver Part #8273910 1475 25 125 1475 25 15] 25 125 F ' D A irCiprj -siyThruO1 CAN 0fAfl0H NE IWIG OfWER TENS ILE L(D tLTIPMIE Pin 'MUW) SIZE ' 1/4'xl-518" VodScd 114' PII1491050 2,835 - 4 1,475 ES'3889 1f4 x-t51r V6fli amu PfII491 1 00 2,835 L .1x1P VI1 318' PFM14011) 3,650 - - 4• 1 ESR3a# i % 835 ifx21M" L&Ibt W ::i : : ii4X2' WILdI 1140 PRflO11 1,510 - - - - 114'x1' VIMC31 3/8' P1112201150 685 - - - - - 114'x2' Veilcal 3/8' 2201150 1,510 3" 1,050 Sfl$"x2.112' VeiLal 3/8' PR422OII5O 2,670 4' 1,500 4' 1,415 - 114' 3'V41 3/8" P1312.201150 2,015 3" 1,050 - - - 114'x4' Ve*M 318" P1142201150 2,075 3' 1050 - - - 15116'x2_4/2' 8c 1/2" P1142201150 2,670 "J"Ma Low k PAWN FN 1(4'xl' Horizontal 1/4" PFM2201150 685 - - 1/4'0' Horizontal 3/8" PFM2201150 685 1/4'x2' Horizontal 3/B" P1342201150 1,800 3' 1,000 - - - &16'x2.1/2" HorIzontal 318" PRA2201150 1.4ffO 2' tflO - - - U_- .--.-- P1,11 FIr W,1 -*njsflpuluiu um 1/4'x2' Valk" 318"P1342201250 1.470 ifti1.) 1,154451 - - - - s=' Siupudu Fer Ws.d - IArluJI. E/16'x2-114" rt&Horz. 3/B" PFM2201300 2487 I - - " 1,415 - For Wood - Acointksl Cig Screw Lyslit 3/16'z3' Ve&&HorL 3/16' PFM2201350 863 I - CONCRETE HANGERMATE+ JEXTERNAL THREAD - STUD HEAD) Unified Coarse Thread (IJNC) ANCHOR MATERIALS Zinc Plated Carbon Steel ANCHOR SUE RANGE (1W) 1/4", 3/8", and 1/2" diameter (threaded heads) SUITABLE BASE MATERIALS Normal-weight concrete Sand-lightweight concrete Concrete over steel deck a@ I CODE LISTED I Icc-Es ESR-3889 EII,y?owerr GENERAL O CONCRETE HANGERMATE®+ Rod Hanging Anchor GENERAL INFORMATION SECTION CONTENTS General Information ......................... 1 Material Specifications...................1 Installation Specifications..............2 _____________________________________________________________________________ Installation Instructions .................. 3 U PRODUCT DESCRIPTION Ii] Reference Data (ASD) ...................... 4 The Hangermate®+ concrete screw is a one piece, steel anchor designed for rod hanging Reference Data (SD) ........................ 6 applications such as fire protection systems, ventilation systems, electrical conduit, pipe hanging and Ordering Information ..................... 10 cable trays. Tested and qualified for use in cracked concrete and seismic conditions. The concrete Hangermate®+ requires ANSI masonry bits for installation, accepts 1/4', 3/8' or 1/2" diameter threaded rods. it is also available in a 3/8" male thread version. GENERAL AP ! [''f i iii AND USES CONCRETE HANGERMATE+ Fire Sprinkler Pipes • Suspended Ceilings fl1I.1YEA1) COUPLER HEAD) Ventilation Systems • Overhead Utilities Cable Trays • Lighting Systems + Installs with standard ANSI drill bit + Fast installation with power tools resulting in labor savings + Patented thread design offers low installation torque + Tough threads for tapping high strength concrete APPROVALS AND LISTINGS Intemational Code Council, Evaluation Service aCC-ES), ESR-3889 for concrete; . code compliant with the International Building Code/international Residential Code: 2018 IBCI1RC, 2015 IBCi1RC, 2012 IBC/1RC, and 2009 IBCI1RC. FM Approvals (FM) - (see listing for applicable sizes and types). Tested in accordance with ACI 355.2/ASTM E488 and ICC-ES AC1 93 for use in structural concrete under the design provisions of ACI 318-14, Chapter 17 and ACI-318-11/08 Appendix D. Evaluated and qualified by an accredited independent testing laboratory for recognition in cracked and uncracked concrete including seismic and wind loading (Category 1 anchors) Evaluated and qualified by an accredited independent testing laboratory for reliability against brittle failure, e.g. hydrogen embrittlement. CSI Divisions: 03 16 00 - Concrete Anchors, 05 05 19 - Post-Installed Concrete Anchors. Anchors shall be Concrete Flangerrnate+ as supplied by DEWALT, Towson, MD. Anchors shall be installed in accordance with published instruction and the Authority Having Jurisdiction. MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS Andw 1 1 1 1 I Anchor Body Case hardened low carbon steel Plating Zinc plating according to ASTM B 633, SC1 Type Ill fe/Zn 5). Minimum Mating requirements for Mild Service Condition. 0 INSTALLATION SPECIFICATIONS EN irowers- INSTALLATION SPECIFICATIONS Installation Snecificatlons for Hannennate+ In Concrete and Sunnlementary Into.. at1nn Mendad Am*w Diameter ") Anther Prepty!S.tthig hJ,1..Uin Notation IWts 1/4 311 31$ 318 1/2 Coupler thread size (UNC) - in. 1/4-20 3/8-16 3/8-16 3/8-16 1/2-13 Coupler head style - - Internally Thread Internally Thread External Thread Internally Thread Internally Thread Nominal anchor diameter da in. 0.250 0.250 0.250 0.375 0.375 (screw anchor body) (mm) (6.4) (6.4) (6.4) (9.5) .5) Nominal drill bit diameter (ANSI) dw in. 1/4 1/4 1/4 3/8 3/8 Minimum nominal embedment depth' h in. 1-5/8 1-5/8 2-1/2 1-5/8 2-1/2 2 2 (mm) (41) (41) (64) (41) (64) (51) (51) Minimum hole depth h0 in. 2 2 2-7/8 2 2-7/8 2-3/8 2-3/8 (mm) (51) (51) (73) (51) (73) (60) (60) Minimum concrete member thickness h in. 3-1/4 3-1/4 4 3-1/4 4 3-1/2 3-1/2 (mm) (83) (83) (102) (83) (102) (89) (89) Minimum edge distance' Cflhlfl in. 1-1/2 1-1/2 1-1/2 c, = 1-1/2 (38) c, = 1-1/2 (38) (mm) (38) (38) (38) for Srwn ~t 3 (76); = 2(51) for s1 ~t 3 (76); &w 2(51) Minimum spacing distanc& in. 1-1/2 1-1/2 1-1/2 ' (mm) (38) (38) (38) for cm ~t 2 (51) for cmm ~t 2 (51) Maximum impact wrench power (torque)' TkrçenJX ft.-lbf. -m) 150 (203) 150 (203) 150 (203) 300 (47) 300 (47) Maximum manual installation torque ft.-lbf. 4m) 19'" (26) 19'" (26) 25 (34) 19" (26) I 25 I (34) 25 (34) 25 (34) Wrench socket size - in. 3/8 1/2 1/2 1/2 11/16 Coupler Head Max. head height in. 33/64 43164 1-3/16 1-3/16 13/16 Max. washer diameter - in. 1/2 21/32 21/32 21/32 31/32 Effective tensile stress area Asa in.' 0.045 0.045 0.045 0.094 0.094 (screw anchor body) (mm (28.8) (28.8) (28.8) (60.7) (60.7) Minimum specified ultimate strength ftft psi 115,000 115,000 115,000 100,000 100,000 wmm (793) (793) (793) (690) (690) Minimum specified yield strength psi 92,000 92,000 92,000 80,000 80,000 /mm) (634) (634) (634) (552) (552) ForSI: 1 Inch =25.4mm, 1 lt4b=1.356N-m, 1 psi =0.0069NfmrnPIN. For installations into lightweight concrete, the max installation torque, T, is 18 It-lb for nominal 1/4-inch-diameter anchors (screw anchor body diameter) with an 1-5/8-inch nominal embedment. The embedment depth, h, is measured from the outside surface of the concrete member to the embedded end of the anchor. Additional combinations for minimum edge distance, c, and minimum spacing distance, , may be derived by linear interpolation between the given boundary values for the nominal 3/8-Inch-diameter anchors (screw anchor body diameter). Hangermate+ Anchor Detail In Concrete 4 4 ....p £ •,l0.- .. • I MI,. b: ::.*••..*1;J ':.: 4 I • Nomenclature d = Diameter of Anchor : .. , 1"" dbil= Diameter of Drill Bit .• '. N. = Minimum Nominal Embedment . " h h her = Effective Embedment .of 0 h0 = Minimum Hole Depth = Nominal Anchor Length aect •., Internally Threaded External Thread WWW.DEWALTcOm .r?owerf INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS INSTAU.A110N INSTRUCTiONS . Step I Using the proper drill bit size, drill a hole into the base material to the required depth. The tolerances of the drill bit used 0 should meet The U requirements of ANSI Standard B212.15. Step I. ; •rc Remove dust and debris from I .. I.• . hole during drilling (e.g. dust ; extractor, hollow bit) or following drilling (e.g. suction, forced air) to extract loose particles created during drilling. Step 3 Select a powered impact wrench or torque wrench and do not exceed the maximum torque, Tmmos.max or repectively, for the selected anchor diameter and r. embedment (See Table 1). Attach an appropriate sized hex socket to The wrench. Mount the screw anchor head into the socket. Step 4 Drive the anchor with an Impact wrench J. , or torque wrench • through the fixture and into the hole until the head of The ancOr comes into contact with the member surface. Do not spin the hex socket off the anchor 1 to disengage. Insert threaded rod or threaded bolt element into Hangermate+. Hangermate+ Installation Detail for Screw Anchors in the Soffit of Concrete over Steel Deck Floor and Roof -lncn Deco Deck ProtIle1 WEIGHTCOMICREVE NORMAL WEIGHT CONCRETE SI DECK fIGMAUN OlEI PSI) -314 clee Mlii. r UpanPMofJahey) M. L LawRuts mId No. 20 Gage Steel Oadr-J Role Edo Anchors may be placed In the upper flute or lower flute of the concrete- led steel deck profiles provided the minimum hole clearance of 3/4-inch is satisfied for the selected anchor. See the Tension and Shear Design information for Anchors Installed in the Soffit of Concrete-Riled Steel Deck AssemIes table. Anchors in the lowerflute may beinstaled with amaxlmum 15/16-inch Offset in either directions from the center of the flute. The offset distance may be increased proportionally for profiles with lower flute widths greater than those shown provided the minimum lower flute edge distance is also jslled. (e.g. 1-1/4-inch offset for 4-1/2-inch wide flute). See the Tension and Shear Design information for Anchors instated in the Soffit of Concrete-flied Steel Deck Assemblies table for design data. Hanqermate+ installation Detail for Screw Anchors in the Soffit of Concrete over Steel Deck Floor and Roof I-i 12-inch Deep Deck ProUle 23 SAND-LIGHTWEIGHT CONCRETE OR NOIIMAI. WEIGHT CONCRETE OVER STREI. DECK (MINIMIAA 31I PSI) Mlii. 2-1/2 34• Clearance Mlii- cc 1-112" r=/ MaL / II 1-314 II Mhi Mm. 7/8 No. 2D Gage Steel Dedi Mm. Lower Flue Edge Anchors may be placed in the upper flute or lower flute of The concrete- tilled steel deck profiles provided the minimum hole clearance of 3/4-inch is satisfied for the selected anchor. See the Tension and Shear Design kdoomation for Anchors Installed in the Soffit of Concrete-Filled Steel Deck Assembles table. Anchors in the lower flute may be installed in the center of the flute. An offset distance may be given proportionally for profiles with Auto widths greater than those shown provided the minimum lower flute edge distance is also satisfied. See the Tension and Shear Design information for Anchors instated in the Soffit of Concrete-flied Steel Deck Assemblies table for design data. REFERENCE DATA (ASD) ENuIaaIr?owers- REFERENCE DATA (ASD) Ultimate Load CaoacWes for Hanuennate+ In Normal-Welobt Concrete12 N@Mbd Non" ?acAcr Nei In'____ - SbUMM fc=2,500pd fc.3,000Poll f'c=4,000pd fc=$,000psl fc BAN psl Mcli.r ni_UI., EiI -t (17.3 a) (20.7 a) (27.1 Wall (41.4 ) (55.2 I'a) lbs - Depth • Tension Sl.ex Tension show Tension Sluw Tension Shea Tension Sbe hi. (ion)as he as bo bB bS be bs as in No O) Ødl) NO NO (Idi) (WI) NO 1/4 1/4 1-5/8 2,410 1,485 2,545 1,525 2,775 1,525 2,775 1,525 2,775 1,525 (41) (10.7) (6.6) (11.3) (6.8) (12.3) (6.8) (12.3) (6.8) (12.3) (6.8) 1-5/8 2,410 1,555 2,545 1,565 2,775 1,565 2,775 1,565 2,775 1,565 3/8 1/4 (41) (10.7) 1 (6.9) (11.3) (7.0) (12.3) (7.0) (12.3) (7.0) (12.3) (7.0) 2-1/2 3,650 1,555 3,855 1,565 4,200 1,565 4,270 1,565 4,270 1,565 (64) (16.2) (6.9) (17.1) (7.0) (18.7) (7.0) (19.0) (7.0) (19.0) (7.0) 3/8 3/8 2 3,670 1,985 4,020 2,010 4,645 2,010 4,725 2,010 5,455 2,010 (51) (16.3) (8.8) (17.9) (8.9) (20.7) (8.9) (21.0) (8.9) (24.3) (8.9) 1/2 3/8 2 3,670 2,970 4,020 2,990 4,645 2,990 4,725 2,990 5,455 2,990 (51) (16.3) (13.2) (17.9) (13.3) (20.7) (13.3) (21.0) (13.3) (24.3) (13.3) Tabulated load values are for anchors installed in concrete. Concrete compressive strength must be at a minimum at the time of installation. Ultimate load capacities must be reduced by a minimum safety factor of 4.0 or greater to determine allowable working load. Allowable Load Capacities for Hangeimate+ In Nonnal-Welght Concrete',234 0 Naiad ur MMMbd 1 fcU0oPoll I'c=3,000psi ?c=4,lllpsi fc.1,llOp.l fc$,O00pel ?iuur ' - (17.3 W4 (20.7a) (274a) (41.4 UPs) (55.2 UPs) Depth an - Mobw Tdee Sheer Tuisslen Sheer Tom" Sheer Tuuulen Sheer Tuen Sheer bL be" I. - s i s thu the (WI) (hi) (hi) (Idi) (WI) (hi) (hi) (WI) NO (IdI) 1/4 1/4 1-5/8 605 370 635 380 695 380 695 380 695 380 (41) (2.7) (1.6) 1 (2.8) (1.7) 1 (3.1) (1.7) (3.1) (1.7) (3.1) (1.7) 1-5/8 605 390 635 390 695 390 695 390 695 390 3/8 1/4 (41) (2.7) (1.7) (2.8) (1.7) (3.1) (1.7) (3.1) (1.7) (3.1) (1.7) 2-1/2 915 390 965 390 1,050 390 1,070 390 1,070 390 (64) (4.1) (1.7) (4.3) (1.7) (4.7) (1.7) 1 (4.8) (1.7) (4.8) (1.7) 3/8 3/8 2 920 495 1,005 505 1,160 505 1,180 505 1,365 505 (51) (4.1) (2.2) (4. (2.2) (5.2) (2.2) (5.2) (2.2) (6.1) (2.2) 1/2 3/8 2 920 745 1,005 750 1,160 750 1,180 750 1,365 750 (51) (4.1) (3.3) (4. (3.3) (5.2) (3.3) (5.2) (3.3) (6.1) (3.3) Tabulated load values are for anchors Installed in concrete. Concrete compressive strength must be at The specified minimum at the time of Installation. .4lowable load capacities are calculated using an applied safety factor 4.0. Alowable load capacities must be multiplied by reduction factors when anchor spacing or edge distances are less than critical distances. Unear Interpolation may be used to determine allowable loads for Intermediate embedments and compressive strengths. WWW.DEWALT.cO. BS .r?owers- REFERENCE DATA (ASD) Edge Distance - Tension (FNc) N.al Anchor Sbe(ki) 1/4 3/8 1/2 NounM Anchor Dli. (1i) Anchor IId 1/4 318 3/8 318 3/8 1-518 14/8 2-1/2 2 2 -. 1-1/2 0.77 0.77 0.64 0.74 0.74 1-3/4 0.83 0.83 0.67 0.79 0.79 I 2 0.88 0.88 0.71 0.84 0.84 2-1/4 0.94 0.94 0.75 0.89 0.89 I 2-1/2 1.00 1.00 0.78 0.95 0.95 2-3/4 1.00 1.00 0.82 1.00 1.00 3-1/2 1.00 1.00 0.93 1.00 1.00 4 1.00 1 1.00 1.00 1 1.00 1.00 Spacing - Tension (FNS) Edge Distance - Shear (Fvc) Noinlool Anchor She (hi) 114 318 1/2 Nomilmal Anchor lii. (hi) racmAWWBW 1/4 311 31$ 31$ 318 i_.lmal r------t, h. (hi) 1-5/8 14518 2-1/2 2 2 1-1/2 0.68 0.66 0.70 0.61 0.47 1-3/4 0.79 0.77 0.82 0.72 0.55 I 2 0.90 0.88 0.93 0.82 0.63 2-1/4 1.00 0.99 1.00 0.92 0.70 I 2-1/2 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.78 2-3/4 .0000 1.00 0.86 3 tfikki 00 1.00 0.94 3-1/4 00 1.00 1.00 Pi lowind Anchor $be on) 1/4 3/8 1/2 Ancherg, - (I.) Anchor ft" 1/4 31$ all 3/$ 311 .L.J bdobo@K b.. (hi) 145/8 1-5/1 2-1/2 2 2 Sri, (II) 11/2 14/2 11/2 2 2 1-1/2 0.73 0.73 0.66 - - 1-3/4 0.77 0.77 0.68 - - 2 0.80 0.80 0.70 0.77 0.77 2-1/4 0.83 0.83 0.72 0.80 0.80 I 2-1/2 0.86 0.86 0.74 0.83 0.83 J 2-3/4 0.89 0.89 0.76 0.86 0.86 3 0.92 0.92 0.78 0.89 0.89 3-1/2 0.99 0.99 0.82 0.94 0.94 I 1.00 1.00 0.86 1.00 1.00 4-1/2 1.00 1.00 0.90 1.00 1.00 5 1.00 1.00 0.94 1.00 1.00 5-1/2 1.00 1 1.00 1 0.97 1.00 11.00 6 1.00 1 1.00 1 1.00 1.00 11.00 Spacing - Shear (Fvs) Now" Sbe on) 1/4 3/$ 1/2 Anchor Dl.uSi. (hi) 114 31$ 31$ 311 3/8 Mombod r---±, li (hi) 1-6/8 1-5/8 2-1/2 2 2 Rloloomm $pach, Sri, (hi) 14/2 14/2 1-1/2 2 2 1-1/2 0.61 0.61 0.62 - - 1-3/4 0.63 0.63 0.64 - - 2 0.65 0.65 0.66 0.64 0.60 2-1/4 0.67 0.66 0.68 0.65 0.62 2-1/2 0.69 0.68 0.69 0.67 0.63 2-3/4 0.71 0.70 0.71 0.69 0.64 I 3 0.73 0.72 0.73 0.70 0.66 3-1/2 0.76 0.76 0.77 0.74 0.68 0.80 0.79 0.81 0.77 0.71 4-1/2 0.84 0.83 0.85 0.81 0.73 5 0.86 0.87 0.89 0.84 0.76 I 5-1/2 0.91 0.90 0.93 0.88 0.79 6 0.95 0.94 0.97 0.91 0.81 6-1/2 0.99 0.98 1.00 0.94 0.84 7 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.98 0.86 7-1/2 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.89 8 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.92 9 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.97 10 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 4WALt REFERENCE DATA (SD) u.EIEDIr?owers- REFERENCE DATA (SD) CODE U117 SD Installation Specifications for Hangemiate+ In Concrete and Supplementary Information',' I ICC-ES ESR-3889 ______ nchsr Prap.ity!S.tllng hifomiatkm No(atllsn lWt. 1/4 318 3/5 112 Coupler thread size (UNC) - in. 1/4-20 3/8-16 3/8-16 3/8-16 1/2-13 Coupler head style - - Internally Thread Internally Thread External Thread Internally Thread Internally Thread Nominal anchor diameter d6 in. 0.250 0.250 0.250 0.375 0.375 (screw anchor body) (mm) (6.4) (6.4) (6.4) (9.5) (9.5) Nominal drill bit diameter (ANSI) dit in. 1/4 1/4 1/4 3/8 3/8 Minimum nominal embedment depth' h,,, in. (mm) 1-5/8 (41) 1-5/8 (41) 2-1/2 (64) 1-5/8 (41) 2-1/2 (64) 2 (51) 2 (51) Effective embedment hof in. 1.20 1.20 1.94 1.20 1.94 1.33 1.33 (mm) (30) (30) (49) (30) (49) (33) (33) Minimum hole depth h0 in. 2 2 2-7/8 2 2-7/8 2-3/8 2-3/8 (mm) (51) (51) (73) (51) (73) (60) (60) Minimum concrete member thickness hffm in. (mm) 3-1/4 (83) 3-1/4 (83) 4 (102) 3-1/4 (83) 4 (102) 3-1/2 (89) 3-1/2 (89) Onin in. 1-1/2 1-1/2 1-1/2 c,,=1-1/2(38) 1-1/2 (38) Minimum edge distance'(mm) (38) (38) (38) for SiT > 3 (76); so* =2(Sl) for ~t 3 (76); SiT=2(5l) Minimum spacing distance''' in. 1-1/2 1-1/2 1-1/2 (mm) (38) (38) (38) for co* ~t 2 (51) for ~t 2(51) Nominal anchor length' l, in. 1-5/8 1-5/8 1 2-1/2 1-5/8 I 2-1/2 2 2 Maximum impact wrench power (torque)' Ikl6Ct,,fl6X ft.-lbf. (N-m) 150 (203) 150 (203) 150 (203) 300 (47) 300 (47) Maximum manual installation torque Tmn ft.-Ibf. (\Jm) 19k' (26) 19k' (26) I 25 I (34) igm (26) I 25 I (34) 25 (34) 25 (34) Wrench socket size - in. 3/8 1/2 1/2 1/2 11/16 Coupler Head Max. head height - in. 33/64 43/64 1-3/16 1-3/16 13/16 Max. washer diameter - in. 1/2 21/32 21/32 21/32 31/32 Effective tensile stress area Aso in.2 0.045 0.045 0.045 0.094 0.094 (screw anchor body) (mm (28.8) (28.8) (28.8) (60.7) (60.7) Minimum specified ultimate strength psi 115,000 115,000 115,000 100,000 100,000 (t'1/mm (793) (793) (793) (690) (690) Minimum specified yield strength fy psi 92,000 92,000 92,000 80,000 80,000 (N/mm) (634) (634) (634) (552) (552) Mean axial Uncracked concrete fl,,, lbfTrn. 1,381000 1,381,000 1,381,000 1,157,000 1,157,000 Siiess Cracked concrete fi,, lbf/in. 318,000 318,000 318,000 330,000 330,000 For SI: 1 Inch = 25.4 mm, 1 ft-lb = 1.356 N-m, 1 psi = 0.0069 Nhnm' 1Pa). The information presented in this table is used in conjunction with the design criteria of ACI 318-14 Chapter 17 or ACI 318-11 Appendix D, as applicable. For installations through the soffit of steel deck assemblies into concrete, see the design information table for installation in the soffit of concrete-filed steel deck assembles and the installation details in the soffit of concrete over steel deck for the applicable steel deck profile. For installations into lightweight concrete, the max Installation torque, T,,.,=,, is 18 ft-lb for nominal 1/4-inch-diameter anchors (screw anchor body diameter) with an 1-5/8-inch nominal embedment The embedment depth, h, is measured from the outside surface of the concrete member to the embedded end of the anchor. Additional combinations for minimum edge distance, c,,,i,, and minimum spacing distance, s*, may be derived by linear Interpolation between the given boundary values for the nominal 3/8-inch-diameter anchors (screw anchor body diameter). The listed anchor length is based on coupler head anchor sizes commercially available at the time of publication compared with the requirements to achieve the minimum nominal embedment depth. The nominal anchor length is measured from under the coupler head to the tip of the anchor. Mean values shown, actual stiffness vanes considerably depending on concrete strength, loading and geometry of application. www.DEWALTcem S S asuiy)owers- REFERENCE DATA (SD) Tension and Shear Desian Infonnatlon for Hanaermate+ Anchor is in Concrete1'2°1213 Ded9n Ciactu,1stic Notation Udb Non*tal Anchor Me(Inch) 114 3/8 318 112 Anchor category 1 2 or 3 - 1 1 1 1 1 thread size (IJNC) -Coupler - 1/4-20 3/8-16 3/8-16 3/8-16 1/2-13 Coupler head style - Internally Thread Internally Thread External Thread Internally Thread Internally Thread Nominal anchor diameter da in. 0.250 0.250 0.250 0.375 0.375 (screw anchor body) (mm) (6.4) (64) (64) (9.5) (9.5) Minimum nominal depth M' Iembedment th4 h 511 in. (mm) 1-5/8 (41) 1-5/8 (41) 2-1/2 (64) 1-5/8 (41) 2-1/2 (64) 2 (51) 2 (51) Effective embedment her in. 1.20 1.20 1.94 1.20 1.94 1.33 1.33 (mm) (30) (30) (49) (30) (49) (33) (33) Sbd StangthioTe don (ACt 318-14 17.4.1 arAD3ll-11 0.5.1) Steel strength in tension Na (kf lb 4,535 4,535 4,535 8,730 8,730 (20.2) (20.2) (20.2) (38.8) (38.8) Reduction factor for steel strengthw 4? - 0.65 0.65 0.65 0.65 0.65 Cenaots Bredwat Suigth In Tuun (AD 31$-1417.4.2srAD318-11 0.5.2) Critical edge distance (uncracked concrete) Cm (mm) (hO) (110) (156) (hO) (156) (127) (127) Effectiveness factor for uncracked concrete kwa - 27 27 24 27 24 30 30 Effectiveness factor for cracked concrete k - 17 17 17 17 17 Modification factor for cracked and TO . - 1.0 1.0 1.0 1,0 1.0 uncracked concrete' . . Reduction factor for concrete breakout strength' 4? - 0.65 0.65 1 0.65 0.65 0.65 Pmuut Skeop In Tundun (Us-Sulic 1.4I...4) pullout strength, concrete (2,500 psi)" -uncracked Npum (AD 318-14 17.43 or AD 31$-1I 0.5.3) Characteristic lb 0" See Note 7 See Note 7 See Note 7 See Noe 7 See Note 7 Characteristic pullout strength, Npp lb 765 765 1,415 765 1,415 0 e See Note 7 See Note 7 a cracked concrete (2,500 psi)"0"(3.4) (3.4) (6.3) (3.4) (6.3) Reduction factor for pullout strength' 4? - 0.65 0.65 0.65 0.65 0.65 Pigunt Strenth In Teudun fur Sc J&2ff (AD 318-1417.2.3.30 AD 318-110.3.3.3) Characteristic pullout strength, N ° lb 360 360 1170 360 1,170 900 900 seismic (2,500 ps)em (1.6) (1.6) (5.2) (1.6) (5.2) (4.0) (4.0) Reduction factor for pullout strength3 4? 1 0.65 0.65 0.65 0.65 0.65 Stud Sbungth In Show (AD 318-1417.5.1 or AD 318-11 0.6.1) I sir shear' Steel strength in s ear v lb 800 1,360 1,360 1,295 1,295 (d') (3.6) (6.1) (6.1) (5.8) (5.8) Reduction factor for steel strength 3.4 4? - 1 0.60 0.60 0.60 0.60 0.60 Stud Strungth In Sbew Fur Sec Aun&4 (AD 318-1417.2.3.3 or AD 318-11 0.3.3.3) Steel strength in shear Vss.w lb 600 (2.7) 695 (3.1) 695 (3.1) 800 (3.6) 800 (3.6) Reduction factor for steel strength' 4? - 0.60 0.60 0.60 0.60 0.60 Cimorete Breakod Strength In Sheor (AD 318-1417.5.2 or AD 318-110.6.2) Load bearing length of anchor 1. in. 1.20 1.20 1.94 1.20 1.94 1.33 1.33 (mm) (30) (30) (49) (30) (49) (33) (33) Reduction factor for concrete breakout strength 4? - 0.70 1 0.70 1 0.70 j 0.70 0.70 Pryout Strength In Show (AD 318-1417.5.3 or AD 318-11 0.8.3) Coefficient for pryout strength kw - 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Reduction factor for pryout strength"' 4? - 0.70 0.70 0.70 0.70 0.70 For : 1 inch = 25.4 mm; 1 led = 6.894 Nlhnm'; 1 ft-h = 1.356 N-m; 1 l = 0.0044 M. The data In this table is intended to be used with the design provisions of ACI 318-14 Chapter 17 or ACI 318-11 Appendix 0, as applicable; for anchors resisting seismic load combinations the additional requirements of ACt 318-14 17.2.3 or ACI 318-11 D.3.3, as applicable, shall apply. Installation must comply with manufacturer's published installation instructions and details. Al values of were determined from the load combinations of IBC Section 1605.2, ACI 318-14 Section 5.3, or ACI 318-11 Section 9.2. If the load combinations of ACI 318.11 Appendix C are used then the appropriate value of must be determined In accordance with ACI 318-11 0.4.4. For reinforcement that complies with ACI 318-14 Chapter 17 or ACI 318-11 Appendix 0 requirements for Condklon A, 318-1417.3.3(c) see ACt or ACI 318.11 Section 0.4.3(c), as applicable for the appropriate factor when the load combinations of C Section 1605.2, ACI 318.14 Section 5.3 or ACI 318-11 Section 9.2 are used. The anchors are considered a brittle steel elements as defined by ACI 318-142.3 or ACI 318-11 0.1, Select the appropriate effectiveness factor for cracked concrete liv..) or uncracked concrete (iv...) and use Vo =1.0. For calculation of NP. see Section 4.1.4 of this report. The characteristic pullout strength for concrete compressive strengths greater than 2,500 psi for 1/4-inch-diameter anchors (screw anchor body diameter) be Increased by the in the table by / 2,50O)° for I 17.2) for MPa. The characteristic for than 2,500 for may multiplytog value c psi or c pulout strength concrete compressive strengths greater psI 3/8-inch-diameter anchors (screw anchor body diameter) may be increased by multiplying the value in the table by fl'c I 2,500 for psi or fl'c / 17.2) for MPa. Pullout strength does not control design of indicated anchors and does not need to be calculated for indicated anchor sloe and embedment. Reported values for characteristic pullout strength in tension for seismic applications are based on test results per ACI 355.2, Section 9.5. Anchors are permitted in the topside of concrete-filed steel deck assemblies in accordance with Figure 4 of this report. Reported values for steel strength In shear are based on test results per ACI 355.2, Section 9.4 and must be used for design in Neu of the calculated results using equation 17.5.1.2b of ACI 318-14 or equation 0-29 In ACI 318-11 0.6.1.2. Reported values for steel strength In shear are for seismic applications and based on tests in accordance with ACI 355.2, Section 9.6. Anchors are permitted to be used in lightweight concrete in provided the modification factor A. equal to 0.84 Is applied to all values of VVc affecting N,. ftarlgernrate+ shear values are for threaded rod or steel inserts with and ultimate strength, F ~ 125 ksi; threaded rod or steel inserts with an F, less than 125 ksi are slowed provided the steel strength shear values are multiplied by the rots of F. (cs( of the steel Insert and 125 ksi. 14004 DiWAL 0 0 0 M -I M z C) M in + I REFERENCE DATA (SD) Tension and Shear Design information for Hangermate+ Anchor in the Soffit (Through the Underside) of Concrete-Filled Steel Deck Asseinbiles134 ° EeeIeeIED.r?owrs- 'Col)E LISTED' ICC-ES ESR-3889 J Nem Anch Sbe pub) Oedgn tlwacteilstic Notation 111111111111112 114 31$ 3/8 318 1/2 Anchor category 1, 2 or 3 - 1 1 1 1 1 Coupler thread size (UN - 1/4-20 3/8-16 3/8-16 3/8-16 1/2-13 Coupler head style - Internally Thread Internally Thread External Thread Internally Thread Internally Thread Nominal anchor diameter da in. 0.250 0.250 0.250 0.375 0.375 (screw anchor body) (mm) (6.4) (6.4) (6.4) (9.5) .5) Minimum nominal embedment depth h, in. (mm) 1-5/8 (41) 1-5/8 (41) 2-1/2 (64) 1-5/8 (41) 2-1/2 (64) 2 (51) 2 (51) Effective embedment he in. 1.20 1.20 1.94 1.20 1.94 1.33 1.33 _ (mm) (30) (30) (49) (30) (49) (33) (33) Heegmate+ *ncãun Instdiiiiii - 's-'.- 3-71$-iocb-Sis Dock Fkft(SeeFlieGA) Minimum concrete member thickness' hmi&iwi lb w 5-1/2 (140) 5-1/2 (140) 5-1/2 (140) 5-1/2 (140) 5-1/2 (140) Pullout strength, uncracked concrete (3,000 psi) NmKK. lb 1,430 (5.4) 1,430 (5.4) 2,555 (11.4) 1,430 (6.4) 2,555 (11.4) 2,275 (10.1) 2,275 (10.1) Pullout strength, cracked concrete (3,000 psi) NM to 615 (23) 615 (23) 1,115 (5 615 (2.7) 1,290 li) 1,115 (5.0) 1,290 (5.1) (5.1) Pullout strength, seismic (3,000 psi) lb 290 (13) 290 (13) 920 (41) 290 (13) 920 (4.1) 890 (4.0) 890 (4.0) Reduction factor for steel strength 4 - 0.65 0.65 0.65 0.65 0.65 Steel strength in shear Vs,ddc lb (Jdi) 1,205 (5.4) 1,205 (5.4) 1,205 (5.4) 1,360 (6.0) 1,360 (6.0) Steel strength in shear, seismic Va,dOdçe lb (kfJ) 615 'k (27) '. 615 (2.7) 615 (2.7) 965 (4.3) 965 (4.3) Reduction factor for steel strength 4 0 - 0.60 0.60 0.60 0.60 0.60 Haiiiiii A.e,s '-- Ili - I-3/ _-- _- Deck Flab (See Rpm 88) Minimum concrete member thickness7 h,ii lb 4 4 4 (102) 4 (102) 4 (102) (102) Pullout strength, uncracked concrete (3,000 lb 1,430 1,430 2,075 1,430 2,075 1,440 1,440 psi) (1t (6.4) (6.4) (9.2) (6.4) (9.2) (6.4) (6.4) Pullout strength, cracked concrete (3,000 psi) N7, lb (1'i) 615 (27) 615 (2.7) 910 (4.0) 615 (2.7) 910 (4.0) 815 (3.6) 815 (3.6) Pullout strength, seismic (3,000 psi) Npdkq lb (11t'i) 290 (1.3) 290 (1.3) 750 (3.3) 290 (1.3) 750 (3.3) 565 (2.5) 565 (2.5) Reduction factor for steel strength' çb - 0.65 0.65 0.65 0.65 0.65 Steel strength in shear Vs&d edc lb 815 815 815 1,110 1,110 (kti) (3.6) (3. (3.6) (4.9) (4.9) Steel strength in shear, seismic Vded lb (kf) 415 (1.8) 415 (1.8) 415 (1.8) 790 (3.5) 790 (3.5) Reduction factor for steel strength' 0 - 0.60 0.60 0.60 0.60 0.60 For: 1 inch =25.4mm, 1 ft4b=1.356N-m, 1 psi =0.0069N1P. Installation must comply with manufacturer's published Installation instructions and details. Values for Ncio, and Wd.K. are for sand-lightweight concrete 'c, min = 3,000 pa) and additional lightweight concrete reduction factors need not be applied. In addition, evaluation for the concrete breakout capacity in accordance with ACI 318-14 17.4.2 or ACI 318 0.5.2, as applicable, is not required for anchors installed in the deck soffit flirough underside). Values for N a.K q are applicable for seismic loading; see Section 4.1.8.2 of this report For all design cases To = 1.0. The characteristic pullout strength for concrete compressuve strengths greater than 3,000 psi for 1/4-inch-diameter anchors (screw anchor body diameter) may be increased by multiplying the value In the table by c I 3000 for psi or ft I 17.2 for MPa. The characteristic pullout strength for concrete compressive strengths greater than 3,000 psi for 3/8-inch-diameter anchors (screw anchor body diameter) may be Increased by mulitpl4ng the value in the table by (Vc / 3,000)u for psi or Q'c / 17.2)°0 for We. Shear loads for anchors installed through steel deck into concrete may be applied in any direction. Values of V,ad, and Vdw,.q are for sand-lightweight concrete and additional lightweight concrete reduction factors need not be applied. In addition, evaluation for the concrete breakout capacity in accordance with ACI 318-1417.5.2or ACI 318-11 0.6.2, as applicable, and the piyout capacity in accordance with ACl318-14 17.5.3or ACI 318-11 0.6.3, as applicable, are not required for anchors installed in the soffit (through underside). The minimum concrete member thickness, is the minimum overall thickness of the concrete-tiled steel deck (depth and topping thickness). All values of 0were determined from the load combinations of IBC Section 1605.2, ACI 318-14 Section 5.3 or ACI 318 Section 9.2. If the load combinations of ACI 318 Appendix C are used, then the appropriate value of çb must be determined in accordance with ACI 318-11 0.4.4 (ACI 318-08). Hangermate+ shear values are for threaded nod or steel inserts with and ultimate strength, F0~ 125 Id; threaded rod or steel inserts with anF0 less than l25knl are allowed provided the steel strength shear values are multiplied by the ratio of F0 fcst of the steel insert and 125 1mm. WWW.DEWALTcOn RENA irPowerc REFERENCE DATA (SD) Factored Resistance Strength (ON And OV) Calculated In Accordance With ACI 318-14 Chapter 17: Tabular values are provided for illustration and are applicable for single anchors installed in normal-weight concrete with minimum slab thickness, h8 = hmki, and with the following conditions: S - Cai is greater than or equal to the critical edge distance, C& (table values based on Cat = Cac). - c is greater than or equal to 1.5 times Cat. Calculations were performed according to ACI 318-14 Chapter 17. The load level corresponding to the controlling failure mode is listed. (e.g. For tension: steel, concrete breakout and pullout; For shear: steel, concrete breakout and pryout). Furthermore, the capacities for concrete breakout strength in tension --.' and pryout strength in shear are calculated using the effective embedment values, h81, for the selected . anchors as noted in the design information tables. Please also reference the installation specifications for Strength reduction factors (0) were based on ACI 318-14 Section 5.3 for load combinations. - more information.ha -: Condition B is assumed. Tabular values are permitted for static loads only, seismic loading is not considered with these tables. For designs that include combined tension and shear, the interaction of tension and shear loads must be calculated in accordance with ACI 318-14 Chapter 17. Interpolation is not permitted to be used with the tabular values. For intermediate base material compressive strengths please see ACI 318-14 Chapter 17. For other design conditions including seismic considerations please see ACI 318-14 Chapter 17. Hangerrnate+ shear values are for threaded rod or steel inserts with and ultimate strength, F ~! 125 ksi; threaded rod or steel inserts with an Fa less than 125 ksi are allowed provided the steel strength shear values are multiplied by the ratio of F (ksi) of the steel insert and 125 W. Tension and Shear Design Strength Cracked Concrete + € - ___ EmbwL fc.2,500d_I_fc.3,000pd I_Pc.4,Nlpd_I' APO Pill _I_rc8,000pi cs_ 1k Clar Sam I a' I 'i iVn I 111011111 D an Mud And ) Tuuiuu Ju.i. Su Tu. Tom=Tloa Shear - MW Stpls 61110 I (L) I () I11111110 I ) () (60 ) () I I 1/4 -20 Infernal 1/4 1-5/8 1.20 495 Thread 525 575 645 705 Internal 1-5/8 1.20 495 I 780 I 525 705 S 3/8 - 16 Thread 1/4 44 2-1/2 1.94 920 970 1,050 1,195 1,305 3/8-16 External 1/4 1-5/8 1.20 495 780 525 • I 645 • 705 Thread 2-1/2 1.94 920 ' 970 1,060 1,195 • 1,305 • 3/8-16 - Internal Thread 3/8 2 1.33 845 1 930 14 1,070 11 1,315 11 1,515 'U 1/2-13 Internal 3/8 2 1.33 845 91 Thread 930 M111 1,070 ILI! 1,315 ILL 1,515 nsisiii C] - Anchor PubjtiPtyout Strength Controls C] - Concrete Breakout Strength Controls U- Steel Strength Controls C.) z Tension and Shear Design Strength Uncracked Concrete 0 Nial Dnchur Dlai.tsr N..d MembW Pc = 2,M poll I rc = 3PO psi I Pc. 4,000 psi I Pc = 6,000 pd I Pc = 8,000 pa = uiIar Sam Dept IVn I uV. ula uvh ala Vn I SIM Head *aid,er (hi) (l,4 Tdsn Shear Tdsu Shear Tusslen Tanaka Tension Shear I (lIC) Style ms.) I '- I i I (la.) (as.) () ) 1/4 -20 Internal Thread 1/4 1-5/8 1.20 1,155 IuuIslIelIllIul 1,265 1,460 1,785 2065 s11. 3/8-16 Internal 1/4 1-5/8 1.20 1,155 1,265 1,460 Thread 2-1/2 1.94 2,110 2,310 2,665 : 6ll1I 1-5/8 1.20 1,155 1,265 1,460 I'll i1 785JO65 ; 1,785 ; I:f 2065 - 3/8 16 Emal 1/4 - Thread 2-1/2 1.94 2,110 : 2,310 ; 2,665 ; Je1II • Iti1l - 3/816 Internal 3/8 2 1.33 Thread 1,495 1A 1640 1 1,890 1A 2,315 IA 2,675 1i C' Internal nternal Thread 3/8 2 1.33 1,495 IfD 1,640 [I 1,890 II 2,315 LI 2675 1L1! 0 fl - Anchor Putlout/Pryout Strength Controls U - Concrete Breakout Strength Controls • - Steel Strength Controls I 1-800-4thWAEt j ORDERING INFORMATION ENeMED,r?owers- ORDERING Nwaw Soon an Haig Rod Sbe So" Slzs Box Q17. Cth.Qty. 20V MW SOS Na Rob" Nner 2W MaX* 1" L-Shaps 1" D-Haia DCHnM iJih" 1!4"iipact Diam Catileoft " Brim Hangermate+ Internal Thread PFM2211100 1/4" xl -5/8° Vertical 1/4' 3/8' 25 125 0W5517 PFM1 491050 PFM2211200 1/4 x 1-5/8' Vertical 3/8 1/2 25 125 DW5517 PFM1491000 PFM2211250 1/4" x 2-1/2 Vertical 3/8 1/2' 25 125 0W5517 PFM1491000 PFM2211260 3/8' x 1-5/8' Vertical 3/8" 1/2' 25 125 DW5527 PFM1491000 PFM2211270 3/8" x 2" Vertical 3/8 1/2 25 125 0W5527 PFM1491000 PFM2211280 3/B' x 2° Vertical 1/2 11/16 20 100 DW5527 07198 Hangennate+ External Thread PFM1421000 1/4° x 1-5/8" Vertical 3/8" 1/2" 25 125 DW5517 DWMT19O52B PFM1421050 1/4°x2-1/2° 1 Vertical 1 3/8" 1 1/2" 1 25 1 125 1 DW5517 DW?v1T19052B The published size includes the diameter and length of the anchor measured from under the head, www.DEWALTcem Gussets on sizes B3092-8 and large A Schedule 40 Pipe Size B Center of pipe to bottom of pipe reducer. C Center of pipe to bottom lip of support. 0 Nominal pipe size of base stand - Figure B30881, not included. E 4-Bolt Dia. Steel Size E U-Boltlj Pipe Supports, Guides, Shields & Saddles B3092 - Adjustable Pipe Saddle Support with Yoke Size Range: 3/4" (20mm) thru 36° (900mm) pipe Material: Steel with cast iron reducer Function: Designed to support horizontal pipe from floor stanchion where vertical adjustment is required. U-bolt in a and hex nuts are provided to hold pipe securely to saddle. c) To complete floor stanchion, use with B3088T threaded pipe stand. Approvals: Conforms to Federal Specification WW-H-1 71 E & A-A-1 192A, Type 38 and Manufacturers Standardization Society ANSI/MSS SP-69 & SP-58, Type 37. Finish: Plain. Contact customer service for alternative finishes and materials. Order By: Part number and finish Notes: Order with B3088T for complete stanchion support. 4" (100) thru 12° (300) fits both steel and ductile iron pipe. For other ductile iron pipe sizes specify B3092D1 - size. 3°" (80) Ductile Iron uses B3092-31/2 Not available for 36" (900) ductile iron pipe size Part No. • Pipe Size in. (mm) Maximum in. (mm) in. A (nun) B Minimum in. (mm) Maximum in. (mm) 133092-i4 3/4° (19) 1/e" (34.9) 3/4' (19) 5L4 (146.0) 101L4" (260.3) - B3092-1 1° (25) 1/8" (34.9) 3/4" (19) 9/32" (150.0) 1013/32" (264.3) F iiáj2i/ 1V4 (32) 111/16 (429) 3/4 (19) 6/64 (1544) 10/64 (2681) B3092-11/z l'/2" (38) 2" (50.8) 3/4 (19) 61/4" (158.7) 10/4 (213.0) B30922 2° (50) 2/16 (619) 3/4 (19) 67/16 (1635) 1015/16 (2718) B3092-21k 21I2" (65) 21/8° (13.0) 11/2° (40) 6/8" (114.6) 11/8" (288.9) L B3092-3 3° (80) 31/2" (88.9) 11/2° (40) 13/16° (182.6) 1111/16' (296.9) B3092-31/2 31/2" (90) 4" (101.6) 11/2" (40) 1/16" (188.9) 111 /16" (303.2) B3092-4 4° (100) 4 /8" (123.8) 2'/2" (65) 1/16" (198.4) 12/16" (312.7) B3082-5 (125) 5/e" (142.9) 211/2" (65) 8/32° (210.3) 1225/32° (324.6) 13/16" (344.5) - B3092-6 6° (150) 629/32° (175.4) 21/2° (65) 91/16" (230.2) B3092-8 8° (200) 91/8" (231.8) 21/2" (65) 101/2" (266.7) 15' (381.0) B3092 10 10 (250) 11/32 1281.8) 2'/2 (65) 11/16 (2931) 161/16 (4080) B3092-12 IT (300) 133/16° (334.9) 21/2" (65) 12/16' (319.1) 111/16° (433.4) rB309214 14 (350) 14 (3556) 3"" (80) 14/1e (3635) 1813/16 (4778) B3092-16 16" (400) 16° (406.4) (80) 15/16° (388.9) 1913/16" (503.2) B3092-18 18" (450) 18' (451.2) (100) 175/16" (439.7) 2116" (554.0) B3092-20 20° (500) 20' (508.0) 4° (100) 18/16" (465.1) 2213/16° (519.4) B3092-24 24" (600) 24° (609.6) 4" (100) 20/1 ° (515.9) 2413/16" (630.2) B3092-30 30' (750) 30' (762.0) 4" (1 M) 24/16° (620.1) 2815/16" (735.0) B3092-36 36" (900) 36° (914.4) 4" (100) 27/16 (696.9) 3115/16" (811.2) All dimensions in charts and on drawings are in inches. Dimensions shown in parentheses are in millimeters unless otherwise specified. Eaton 135 B-Line series Pipe Hangers & Supports Pipe Supports, Guides, Shields & Saddles B3092 - Adjustable Pipe Saddle Support with Yoke cent. S E U-Bolt C Steel Size Gussets on sizes 63092-8 and large A Schedule 40 Pipe Size B Center of pipe to bottom of pipe reducer. C Center of pipe to bottom lip of support. D Nominal pipe size of base stand - Figure 133088T. not included. E U-Bolt Dia. • Part No. C in. (eve) in. D (mm) E in. (mm) (6.4)_ - Saddle Steel Size in. (ewe) Approx. Wt.1100 Lbs. (kg) B3092-3!4 2" (50.8) 11/2" (38) 1/4" 1/4"x11I2" (6.308.1) 247 (112.0) B3082-1 25/3f (54.8) 11/2" (38) 1/4" (6.4) 1/4" X 1 11f (6.3x38.1) 257 (116.6) B30921'/4 221/54 (591) 11/2 (38) /! (95) 1/4 x2 (63x508) 289 (1311) 03092-11h 21/2" (63.5) 11/2" (38) 3/8" (9.5) 1/4" x 2" (6.3x50.8) 306 (138.8) 03092-2 211/16" (68.3) 11/2" (38) 3/s" (9.5) 1/4"x2" (6.3x50.8) 326 (141.9) 6309221/2 31/8' (19.4) 21/2" (65) 1/2" (12.7) 1/4"x 3" (6.3x 16.2) 651 (295.3) B3092-3 31/15" (81.3) 21/2" (65) 1/2" (12.7) 1/4" x 3' (6.306.2) 716 (324.8) B3092-31/2 311/16" (93.1) 21/2" (65) 1/2" (12.7) 1/4" x 3' (6.306.2) 711 (325.2) L !-_ 41/4' (101.9) 3" (80) Vf 318"x3112" (9.5x88.9) 1286 (583.3) - 03092-5 49/is" (115.9) 3" (80) 1/2"" (12.7) 3/8"01/l" (9.5x88.9) 1321 (599.2) 03092-6 51/2" (139.1) 3' (80) 5/g" (15.9) 1/2"x31/2" (12.1x88.9) 1595 (123.5) B3092-8 7" (171.8) (80) /8" (15.9) '/2'x31/2" (12.1x88.9) 1815 (823.3) B309210 8 (2032) 3 (80) 3/4 (190) - 'If x31/2 (12.1x889( 2123 (9530) 03092.12 93/15" (233.4) 3' (80) 1/8" (22.2) '/2'X3'/2" (12.1x88.9) 2546 (1154.8) 43092-14 10/16" (268.3) - (100) /8" (22.2) 5/8"x4" (15.9001.6) 3593 (1629.8) B3092-16 11/1 (293.7) 4" (100) /8" (22.2) 5/e"x4" (15.9x101.6) 3825 (1735.0) 0309218 13/1 (3445) 6 (150) 1 (254) 3/4 x 5 (190x1210) 7043 (31941) 83092-20 14/i" (369.9) 6" (150) 1" (25.4) 3/4"x5" (19.0x127.0) 7425 (3368.0) 03092-24 16/16" (420.7) 6" (150) 1" (25.4) 1"x5" (25.4x127.0) 9170 (4159.5) B3092-30 2011/is" (525.5) 6" (150) 1" (25.4) 1"x 5' (25.4 x 121.0) 10787 (4893.0) 03092-36 2311/16" (601.7) 6' (150) 1 (25.4) 1"x 5" (25.4x 127.0) 12171 (5523.5) All dimensions in charts and on drawings are in inches. Dimensions shown in parentheses are in millimeters unless otherwise specified. B-Line series Pipe Hangers & Supports 136 Eaton MALLEABLE IRON EXTENSION PIECES CLASS 150 Fig. 54 MALLEABLE IRON -- FLOOR FLANGES CLASS 150 Fig. 15 W*RD@FITTINGS DESCRIPTION PCS PER PCS PER WEIGHT PART # PRICE (US$) PART # PRICE (US$) BOX MASTER PER 100 BLACK BLACK GALV. GAI.V. 1/2 50 200 23 RBIVIE * 14.97 RNME 24.10 3/4 50 200 32 E.BME * 22.06 E.NME 36.05 1 25 100 49 1.BME • 31.83 1.NME 45.21 1.1/4 15 60 93 18.13ME 36.63 18.NME 48.48 DESCRIPTION PCS PER PCS PER WEIGHT PART # PRICE (US$) PART # PRICE (US$) BOX MASTER PER 100 BLACK BLACK GALV. GAI.V. 1/4x2.318 25 150 24 8.BMFF 22.63 RNMFF 44.02 3/8x 2-15/16 25 150 40 C.BMFF - 22.63 C.NMFF - 44.02 1/2x3 30 120 46 D.BMFF 22.63 DLNMFF * 56.54 3/4x3-1/4 30 120 47 E.BMFF * 22.63 E.NMFF * 56.54 ii 3.7/8 30 60 91 1.BMFF • 28.43 1.NMFF * 51.61 1-1/4x3-7/8 30 60 80 1B.BMFF * 28.43 1B.NMFF * 8359 1-1/2x4.1/2 1 10 40 1 140 1D.BMFF * 36.57 1IINMFF * 87.88 2x5-1/2 15 30 214 2.13MFF * 43.99 2.NMFF * 111.61 2-1/2x5-13/16 10 10 225 20.BMFF - 48.27 2NMFF 135.68 3x6-3/8 10 10 286 3.BMFF - 60.95 3.NMFF 132.43 MALLEABLE IRON - LEFT& RIGHT HAND THREAD COUPLINGS Fig. 53 CLASS 150 DESCRIPTION PCS PER PCS PER WEIGHT PART # PRICE (US$) PART # PRICE (U$$) BOX MASTER PER 100 BLACK BLACK GALY. GALY. 1/2 40 240 21 D.BMCLR * 14.07 D.NMCLR - 18.44 3/4 40 160 33 E.BMCLR 15.79 E.NMCLR 21.34 1 25 100 50 1.BMCLR * 23.46 1.NMCLR 31.45 1-1/4 15 60 74 1B.BMCLR 27.83 18.NMCLR 40.36 1-1/2 10 40 101 1ÜBMCLR * 37.94 1NMCLR 51.88 2 8 32 154 2.BMCLR * 50.74 2.NMCLR 69.94 C MALLEABLE IRON 900 ELBOWS A.A.R. CLASS 300 Fig. 65 DESCRIPTION PCS PER PCS PER WEIGHT PART # PRICE (US$) PART # PRICE (US$) BOX MASTER PER 100 BLACK BLACK GALY. GALY. 1/4 35 210 22 B33001- * 24.57 B.N300L - 43.99 3/8 20 120 32 C.B300L 21.82 C.N300L - 44.87 1/2 15 90 55 D.B300L 28.28 D.N300L 53.44 3/4 12 48 87 E.B300L 4 31.99 E.N300L 59.99 1 10 40 127 1.B300L 4 40.85 1.N3001- * 76.93 1-1/4 10 20 203 18.13300L * 59.61 18.N300L 120.85 1-1/2 8 16 265 1B300L * 70.29 1N300L * 130.98 2 5 10 413 2.133001. * 101.12 2.N300L * 220.11 2-1/2 6 6 650 2B300L - 262.07 2N300L 489.88 3 6 - 6 1032 3.B300L 300.95 3.N300L - 577.79-- 3/8 x 1/4 25 150 25 CX8.B300L - 50.39 1/213/8 25 100 58 DXC.B300L - 52.30 DXN300L - 70.14 3/4x1/2 15 60 69 EXÜB300L - 38.53 EXD.N300L 68.38 111/2 20 1 40 95 1XB300L - 79.32 1XN300L 97.03 1x3/4 10 40 111 1XE.8300L - 77.12 1XE.N300L - 108.10 1-1/4x3/4 15 30 135 1BXE.B300L - 139.12 1-1141 15 30 155 1BX1.B3001. 96.89 1-1/2x1 10 20 185 1DX1.B300L - 152.98 1-1/2n1-1/4 10 20 215 1DX1B.B300L 152.98 2x1-1/4 5 10 302 2X1B.B300L 214.94 ____ 2x1-1/2 5 10 333 2X1D.B300L - 191.67 2X1N300L - 398.03 4 1 1 1635 4.B300L - 707.05 4.N300L - 1726.78 WA0MFc3 I www.wardmfg.com 9 Price Sheet # 301014, Effective October 27, 2014 # Preceding list price indicates available in master quantity from Blossburg factory. * Preceding list price indicates available in box quantity only from Blossburg. All galvanized fittings are lead free. EQB & LINE RESTRAINT U U 0 4LA-I ttir,4LM 4LA.&thru 41A-12 Seismic Bracing - TOLCO Fig. 4LA- Longitudinal "in-Line" Sway Brace Attachment Size Range: ' i2omn-# through 12' 130onirr4 IPS. Material: Steel Function: For bracing pipe aaainst sway and seismic disturbance, c@ as I <:~> n Approvals roved by Fact* Mutual Engineering IRA). 1. i25mrr throgh i2.3oosnmje. UAderwrfters laboratories Listed in the USA and Cnada {cULus). V 125nm Through IT 125nO pipe. See allowable loads in charts bn page 172. lfl*tall*tlon lnstwctiOns Fig. 41A can be used as the system attachment component of a longitudinal or Lateral brace assembly. It is intended to be combined with the 'brcmg member and TOLCO trenshionel sttac2vneni and structural attachn.t to form a complete bracing assembly. For lire sprinkler aPPlitkinNFPA 13 guidelines should be followed. to.IflstàD: Ptace;he Fig. 4LA pipe clamp component over the pipe to be bfaced and 1ightOnddnthébrea.off.nutti until tbe hex head portion brek off to verify correct Installation torque. Next engage brace member (pe or 4;ryti, with jaw component and lighten break-off head bolt unin the hex head breaks off to verify correct installation torque Pivot for correct angle and attach to stucture using TOLCO brand vansationo a;;achmert and structural attachment. FifliSh: Mttifl or E actroGatvanized..COntaOt customer service ftótâe;We finis1te ñd niöri8ts OrdeiBy: Figure number. pipe size and lh. Part No. PIpe Size it (mi A it (mm3 it C Onu) it U bun) 8oltSize WtJ100 tbs. (k& '41A1 1i25i'315/[ifl35jT1S(1f4331 5N'-16 1i19 isu 4LA.1!14 1'% 1321 31st (993J i3w wx Ow 435.3) 3/.$ 123 155 I 1/1 1½ ài /3t i'tt titi 1'/a i) -1B 12? l5 4A2 1001 5Wst (130$) 211az' (51.9) 21i8' 101.9) Ie'46 142 (04.4) 4LA'211z 2W 1651 (149i) 2511s 158$1 aic ias) 46 l I85 4LA.3 (801 6ft (184.9) 23/ (664) 2'-/( 186.6) W•16 181 (849) 41A4 4 11001 Wfraf (1613) We (195) 31X 479.51 3N'411 209 1642) 4LA4 r (too) i0/8 (269.3) 411C (1153) 4911or 1116.0) W'13 521 (236.3) 8' 12001 11/is"Cfl5) *e O437) S2h2 1143.71 lff4s 629 (2853) 4LA.10 IF (250) 161/f (419.1) 7/( 084.2) 11/C 1184.21 1/2 43 1320 (598.7) .9LA42 ir iiioi 1$1k (489.9) 8/( (209$) 8114' I28I W•13 1498 ?82) Eatons B-Una series seismic-bracing componenis are designed 10 be conaiile only with other B-line series bracing components, rcsulling in.) listed seir,* bracing osscmhy. Eaton B.Lire DMion wcranty for cimic lxang comoncnls will be the warranty S provided in Eaton B-Line Division standard terms and conditions of sale made available by Eaton except that., in acfdhion to the other exdusions from Eaton BtJne Division warranty, Eaton mates no warianty relating to B-Line serieS seismic bracing componeivis that are combined wilPi products not provided by Eaton, .Afldensions in thatsardon dr#intjsre in inches, (Xmonoions rhorn in paer.theses ate in mi*rn.ars tr(es oOorwisespedfied. Eaton 175 BLine Series Pipe Hangers & Supotis Seismic Bracing TOLCO' fig, 4LA - Longitudinal"in-Line" Sway Brace Attachment coot LoiagitudhiaILoads Max Horizontal Desiga Load (FM) Max.lfOrizoutI Part Pipe Ssze W.440 450.69° 600.740 Tha.900 Desigo Load (UI.1 No In [mm) lbs. 4kPJ$ lbs. [W) lbs lkPJ) 46$, bs (880 lbs. IbM) 4IA41/4 !ç 1321 680 43.031 970 1430 1190 4529) 1320 (597) 1800 —(4A- 1[A 1i 9i 14=0 1T ir i JILAQ 1,501 680 432 600 (3.82) 1030 14581 1150 P3.1 I'll 1000 (4,45) z 2 43.d2l ¶0 J AL) 1320 4LA3 (801 680 43.03) 971) (4.31) 1190 1518) 1320 (6.87) 1000 1445) 14LA4 4 (i) 41thi :O ri, ii i0 4LA4 6' (ISO) 1620 47.201, Z260 (10.85) 2010 18.81) 2220 (9.87) 1600 (1.11) 4iA r äöi ssO iOi iOt IS 9-4 4LA40 10' (250) 1620 4721 1,660 7-41 1510 45.98) 1740 (7.74) NA ('NA) 14A4 It Ô) 420) L0 033) 1570 40%1 1740 674) NA (ll Lilieral Loids Part Pipe the Na. In. [m1 30°..44° lbs. (kN) Max. HoiizoritalDesign Load (FM) 4599° 60°-14° lbs. 1kM) lbs. 4kM) 7V'90 lbs. IbM) Max.HOnzontal Design Load (ULI lbs. IbM) '41A4 r125r i$0 43.0 970 14311) 1190 45291 1320 t587) NA 4LA-1'14 I!f 1321 6*0 43.82) 970 (4.31) 1190 15290 1320 (5.$7J NA (NA) kr!Y tW (40) 680 43.021 370 (431) 1190 15291 1320 L07) NA (NA) 4LA-2 (501 680 43.821, 970 (431) 1190 4529) 1320 (L81) NA (HA) 14LP1.21/z 2'!! (651 680 43.02) 970 [421) 1190 1529) 1320 (887) 'NA (NA) 4l.A3 (801 580 430 970 (431) 1190 1529) 1320 [5.87) 1000 (4.453 4L-4 4 (100) 680 43.021 970 1431) 1190 4529) 1320 15.87) 1000 14453' 4LA4 6' (150) 1620 41201, 2,300 (1023) 2820 (12.54) 33140 ('1319) 1600 (7,11) 4LA8 8' iäô 1620 420) 2,300 (1023) 2820 112541 3140 (3) 2015 (i8) 41.A.10 10' (250) 1620 47.20) 2,300 (1023) 2620 (12.54) 3140 1)3.98) NA ('NA) 4L412 12' (3001 1620 41.201 2,30ô (1023) 2820 112541, 3140 (13.9B) NA (4A) Eaton's B-Line series seinic bracing components are designed to be cômpaibe only with other B-Line series bracing components. resulting in a feted seismic bracing ernly. Eaton B-line Dision warranty for seismic txacing components will be the warranty . priiclod in Eaton B.Lino Division starxfacd terms and Ooctdilion of safe made available by Ealon, except thai. in addition to ttrc other eKclusiors from Eaton B-Line Division warranty, Eaton rnaes no warranty relating to 8-Line series seismic bracing components that are <rrntirr4d Wah products not provided by Eaton. All ns'ccs in chorsxd on draings are in rches Or.ensor.s shown in porenttases are in rrrtirnters unless oltierviae ecied. B-Line series Pipe hangers & Supports 176 Eaton Seismic Bracing TOLCO' Fig. 980 Universal Swivel Sway Brace Attachment - /8"-16 to 3K-10 rods • TOLCO' Fig. 980H - Universal Swivel Sway Brace Attachment - 7/"9 to 11/4"7 rods Size Range: One size tits bracing pipe 1' i26mn3 hru 2' 160mm. Cononent of State of 12 gauge 2ircnt chnm4. and all structural steel up to 1/4' 7n'm) mini. Catornia OSHPDAppro'ied seismic Rostints System MatBriál; SteeL StaWoe Steel Type 316 (SS6 optional. Fuflctloh! Mtti4uncticnsi ettachnent to 31ructure or braced Pipe fitting. FeatUres: This product's design incorporates a concentric attathment opening which is ctitic1 to the performance of structural seismic connections. NFPA 13 (2010) 93$34 indicates clearly that fastener table load vaues are based only on concentric loang. Mounts to any surface ane. Break off bolt heed assurCe verification of proper installation, lñStillitióñ: R.980 is the structural or transitional attachment component of a !ongitudnslor*erel sway bsce assembly. It is Intended to be combined wrth the 'bracing pipe and TOLCO 'braced pipe attactunent. Fig 1000 1001 2002 4 4A or 4B to form a complete bracing assembly. NFPA 13 andjr OSHPO gLiMines should bè'tóllowed, TO II*$W Piece the Fig; 900 onto the 'bracing pipe. Tighten tlwa set screw until the head brea$.s off Attachment can pwot for adjustmett to proper brace Approvals —Underwriters Laboratories listed in the USA UL) and Canada (CULl pprcwed by Factovy Mutual Engineering fFM) Included m our Se1siiiic Restraints Catalog approred by the State of California Office of Statewide Health Planning nd D Oflt(OSHPD). For addilionél load1 spacing end placement information relating to OSHPD proiects please refer to the TOICOSöismic Restraint Systems GuideJinos Nót: Fig. 980 Swivel A chrnen; and Fig. toOl, Fig. 1000, Fig. 2002, Fig 4A, Fig 48 or Fig 4L pipe clamps make upa sway brace system of UL • Listed attactimems and bracing matenals which satisfies the requirements of Urtdeswriters Laboratories and the National Fire Protection Associotlon (NFPA) Finish: Plain, Elec*ro.Galvanized or Stainless Steel. Contact Customer service for alternative finishes. Order By: Figure number and finish. US Patt NUmbers Pat #6,273372, Pat *517.030k Pat. *953.174, PM. i6708930. Pat, #7,191,S87 P0.47,4411,730, Pet. 0.669,806 Pet Niiber A In. (nial 8 In. iui) 0' 1L 4ain Max.Hoiizontal Design LoaiI(cULus ibtAI46 lx.HoriznnlalOesign:Loa"(FM) 30b.44 46'-59' 6034' 750 90 11116tt4) fbi/IllS) fbi/IllS) Ib./IkSJl Approx. W41100 the.-knl WV 51H V(M $4711 110.3) 149 W41 0'12 5'Is (1313) 1fV' 4476k /32 113.5) 148 $711 % 5I4' 4133.1 i(;" 411) 11/ia" 117 147 071 S'(4 (1313) 1(4" 4474 W*0 1205) 2015 1321) 1970 2310 2550 148 (6821 6~H (111 4 31ft" (l$9 151" 12313 l57) (8761 tioni its.ii 42 410231 980WI 85f( (1114) 311;r 4682$ lu(i( tvitO 400 41814l $$1/$ 6MU (1714) 3 13/16' 133 391 418O11 901111'1'I4 6I' 4171.41 3W' 46811 1/i" 1333) 390 417&9) * Mountln9 attachment We size, r Importenti . For load informatilon when using Fig. 980 with Installed with V or I/4' Schedule 40 brace pipe. i pro-installed or post-installed concrete anchors in compliance with NFPA 13 12016) or ASCE 7-10, including prying factors, see load tables on pages At.1 thru AL2I. Eaton's B.Lino scrics seismic bracing componcnis are designed to be compotibtc only with other B..Lirio series bracing componcnts S resttlng in a hsted seismic bracing assembly. Eaton 8-tine Divisinn warranty for seismic bracing components will be the warranty pro.3tied in Eaton B-Line Division sunWand terms and Ooothiions of safe made available lyy Eaton, except that, in addition to the Other exclusions forn Eaton B-line Division warranty. Eaton makes no warranty relating to 8-Line series seismic bracing components that are combined with products not provided by Eaton. Al diiinanOArs in charts nd on drawings are inrhas Onensor.s shown in parenritam are in ml irneters unless otherwise Weo4ed, S-tine series PIpe Itangons & Supports 186 Eaton Seismic Bracing • TOLCO24 Fig. 1001 - Sway Brace Attachment Size Range: Pipe size to be braced: 1 2mm1 thru 8 C2Oum) IPS. Pipe size used for bracing: 1' asrvirM and 1¼' 432ffal Schedu'e 40 IPS. Material: Steel Fuct1On For bracin9 pipe against svm' and seismic disturbance. The pipe attachment component of a sviay brace system: Fig. '1001 is used in conjunction with a Fig. 900 Series fling and joined together with biairig pipe per NFPA 13, forming a complete sway brace assembly. Features: Can be used to brace schedules 7 through 40 li&- Field eustebIe, makirig•crltial lyo-esohming of bracing pipe $ength unnecessary. Unique desiO requires no threading of bracing pipe Can be used as a coniponent of a four way gi riser brace, Comes assembled and ready for installation, Fig. 1001 has bilt46 visual verification ofoorrect ins1aation. See installation note below. InstaUaton Note Pooltoa Fig. 1001 over the pcpe to be braced end tighten two héxhoad ooe point set screws until heads. bottom out A minimum of V t20mn* pipe extension is recommended Brace pipe can be installed on top or 40 bottom of pipe to be braced, _J Approvals Undeiwnters Laboratories Listed in the USA and Canada (cULus) Approved by Factory Mutual Enuees1n (FM) Included In ow Seismic Aesiiaints Catalog approved by the State of California Office of Statewide Health Planning and Development (OSHPD) Fix edtion41 Wdi sç*clng end placement information relating to OSHPD pro)ec15, please refer to the TOLCO Seismic Restrsint:'S1jteMs tiidélineS. OPA030040. Fiiish Min oi Electro.Gafvanizod. Contact customer taivice for alton3tiv0 finishes and materials. Oider By Indicate ppe size to be braced followed by pipe size used for braing figure number and finish. Important Note: Fig, 1001 is pcecisin msnufc1ured to perform its function as • a caucal component of a complete bracing assembly. To ensure perlormance the UL Usffng requires that Fig. 1001 must be used only with other TOLCO bracing products. Component o State o Califerra OSHPD Apwoved Scisnft Restraints Sysiom USM ldod Pipe Mi*. Horizontal Dosip Load (fit) 4 ft- We For Brace P* SizsVl11M Scli.7 SCb.10 Sch.40 in itt rii'jc 1" 11114- TJ1'14" . r ts i000'ii000 weo'ii000 l(4" 134 1000/1(K 100011000 1000(1000 91? tIl 1000/1000 011500 *50011500 r IS *000/ 1000 2015/2015 201512015. r iBOÜ3 ISI'B 2WSf65 3 ($01 1600/ 1000 20*512265 20*512.765 4 000) 1600/1600 20*512185 20*512785 6" (10 180011600 2015(1165 201512265 8"M 1601160 201512185 20)512265 Put Number & Approx. WIIIOO Max. HorizortBn Load M) 'pipe ForSdL7.Sch.10.&Sch.4) Pipe w Site 1" lzirmli,ac'e PIpe 1'14" 0V*Brace Pipe 30°44' 45'•59' W'74' 15'40' b. 110m] Lbs. (LIP 1k 4kg) I Us. lkNI 1k ON Lbs N) 1k IkNI i 4*51 '10011X1 100.0 '14" 10014 X1V4 *18.0 053.51 1800 18.501 2550 411241 3120413.401 30301(2552) 11.7 6321 100l-i'14X 1 100.0 (45.3) 1001-1114 X 11/4 1*4.0 151,71 1230 (6.471 1140 (7.74) 2140 (952), 2380 (*0.58) V/t 4401 100141/tX 1 100.0 t453 10011112 X1114 110 l52$I 1230 (5471 1140 (774) 2140 (953) 2380008) 7' (sal 1001.2 Xl man tasn 1601.2X1'/t 12111 ($&s( 12.' (5.471 1740 (u4) 2140 4552)23800111% Pie _W'1 10014'frXI 138.6 late) 10019h)0f/r 160.4112.71 800 6 6i i (&e21 1380 sir) lsoo w 3" 4401 11011114 X 141.2 (00M 1001 3X 11114 *88.7 (76.51 850 (3.781 1200 (534) 1470 (1) 1640 (7291 4 4100) 1001-4 XI 160.8 1710) l0014Xl'/s l4 (82.71 850 13781 1200 (5.34) 1405'(E- 541; 1640 17291 IV 1150) 10014 X 190.0 186.2) IOOiSX ill. 211.4 ($591 510 (227* 730 () 890 Ø(8I 990 (00J 8" 400) 10014 Xl 217.4 'Isas) 100l4X014 238.8(106.3) 510 (2231 730 41) W410 990 (4.401 1FM Approved when d with S or 51/4 inch NPS $chedvla 40 OW 3091.GN 1025511, or JIS 03451 steel pipe as ;he brace member. toed rating tot LW aba reters to FM ApproJ LturwsIl Pe eomrnonty relerred to as "Scheukie 71. These ratings may also be OmlOd when EN 10220 and GRIT 8163 stoI ixpo. 3Loed rwing for Sthee 10 above nwj be applied to GB/I 30022N 10255M and R. or AS 03454, M Approved Tt*MSII Schedule 40 steel poes. Note; Soo UI. load ratings in 1.11. Listed l)ecjn Loadchiart sho'.m under drawing. • .Afld,ersisns in thans and on thr#smtjsae in inches. (Xmonsuocus thcvnin paer.theses a'ein niihheers tn'ess othoepodfIod Eaton 193 B-Line seiies Pipe hangers & Suppons EY Cone Point Set Screw B UL Horizontal Design Load Maximum Design Load Across Beam 2015 lbs (&96kN) Maximum Design Load Along Beam 2015 lbs (8.96kN) Seismic Bracing Fig. 828 - Universal Sway Brace Attachment • Size Range: One size accommodates all Fig. 900 Series sway brace ®TOLC O attachments. Fits from /8" (9.4mm) to /8" (22.2mm) thick steel structure. For thicknesses less than /8" (9.4mm) refer to Fig. 825 and Fig. 825A. Cone Point . Set Screws A <11 Set Screws Included RK Material: Steel Function: To attach sway bracing to various types of steel structural members. Features: Permits secure non-friction connection without drilling or welding. Unique design allows offset placement on wide flange beam, I-beam, C-channel, open web, welded steel trusses, etc.. Secures brace to structure either across or along the beam. Break-off set screws allow for visual verification of proper installation torque. Approvals: Underwriters Laboratories Listed in the USA (UL) and Canada (cUL). Factory Mutual Approved (FM). Installation Instructions: The Fig. 828 is the structural attachment component of a longitudinal or lateral sway brace assembly. It is intended to be combined with a TOLCO transitional attachment, bracing pipe" and a TOLCO "braced pipe" attachment to form a complete bracing assembly. NFPA 13 and/or OSHPD guidelines should be followed. To Install: Place the Fig. 828 on the flange of the beam, truss, or girder. Be sure the attachment is fully engaged to the rear of the opening. lighten the cone point set screws (A) until the heads break off. lighten the cone point setscrew (B) until the head breaks off. Remove the flange nut from set screw (B). Install a TOLCO swivel fitting (Fig, 909, 910, 980, 986). Use flange nut to secure the swivel fitting. Finish: Plain or Electro-Galvanized Approx. Weight/i®: 275 Lbs. (124.7kg) Order By: Figure number and finish Patent #6,098,942, #8,534,625 Canada Patent #2,286,659 Patent Pending m 0 tE Beam, truss, or girder .... ... .... . F-01,_Fig. 828 Shown with Fig. 980 Beam, truss, or girder Fig. 828 : Shown with -/ May pivot in any Fig. 980 direction Eaton's B-Line Business seismic bracing components are designed to be compatible only with other B-Line bracing components, resulting in a listed seismic bracing assembly. B-Line's warranty for seismic bracing components will be the warranty provided in B-Line's standard terms and conditions of sale made available by B-Line, except that, in addition to the other exclusions from B-Line's warranty, Eaton's B-line Business makes no warranty relating to B-Line's seismic bracing components that are combined with products not provided by Eaton's B-Line Business. All dimensions in charts and on drawings are in inches. Dimensions shown in parentheses are in millimeters unless otherwise specified. Pipe Hangers & Supports 176 BLine 13y r i r c h L I n e - kz- 1 MI I Branch Line Restraint Pipe Attachment cULus Listed, FM Approved, and OSHPD pre-approved for tight walled (SCH 7), SCH 10, and SCH 40 service pipes. Accepts 3/8" (M1O) or 1/2" (M12) threaded rod on either side of the service pipe Quick grip clamp simplifies measuring and cutting of threaded rod works with rough-cut threaded rod and eliminates pipe-side deburring Shear-off head helps ensure correct torque and simplifies inspection Number Number Pipe Size (mm) (mm) (MM (mm) (mm) CSBBRP0100EG 404477 1.32 3/8,1/2 6.67 0.88 2.867 (25) (33.4) (M10, M12) (169.4) (22.2) (72.6) CSBBRPO125EG 404478 1-1/4 1.66 3/8,1/2 7.56 0.88 3.31 (32) (42.2) (M10, M12) (192.0) (22.2) (84.1) CSBBRPO15OEG 40.479 1-1/2 1.90 3/8,1/2 8.20 0.88 3.63 (40) (48.3) (Mb, M12) (208.4) (22.2) (92.2) CSBBRPO200EG 404480 2 (50) 2.38 (603) 3/8,1/2 (Mb, M12) 9.45 (240.0) 0.88 (22.2) 4.25 (108.0) www.erico.com • T raditional methods for installing branch line restraints in fire sprinkler systems are cumbersome and time-consuming. Contractors often G and re-cut) threaded rod to precise asurements to restrain the sprinkler pipe with a loop hanger and surge restraint. Traditional methods also I commonly require five or more parts per restraint. To avoid these labor-intensive methods, ERICO has streamlined the process and developed the Branch Line Restraint System, part of the CADDY6 line of hanging & bracing solutions for the fire protection market. Ideal for restraining 1" (25 mm) through 2" (50 mm) branch lines, this innovative system is significantly faster and easier to install than current methods. It attaches directly to steel bar joists, I-beams or purlins, as well as concrete and wood structures. The hardware is installed with only one tool, a 5/16" (8 mm) socket drill driver, which ovides significant labor savings and I venience. It features a simple, two- step installation process, allowing a time savings up to 80% compared to other methods. Unlike most solutions that only accept 3/8" threaded rod, the versatile Branch Line Restraint System features a swivel attachment that can be rotated to accept 3/8" (M10) or 1/2" (M12) threaded rod. This allows greater restraint distances from the pipe to structure with 1/2" (M12) threaded rod. The system meets the requirements of NFPAO 13, making it ideal for new construction applications. The total system is cULus Listed and FM Approved, and has been pre-approved by the state of California (OSHPD OPA-2629-10). [ID Branch Line Restraint Structure Attachment to Steel SCXL CADW RS Swivel connector accepts 3/8" (M10) or 1/2" (M12) threaded rod Attaches to steel members with thickness from 0.105" (12 GA) to 0.5" (2.7 - 12.7 mm) with self-drilling/tapping screw Branch Line Restraint Structure Attachment to Wood/Concrete Ei SC XL RS Swivel connector accepts 3I8 (M10) or 1/2" (M12) threaded rod Attaches to wood/concrete structure. Pre-drill concrete with 3/16" (4.8 mm) drill bit (not included) Branch Line Restraint Structure Attachment to Threaded Insert Swivel connector accepts 3/8" (M10) or 1/2" (M12) threaded rod Attaches to concrete anchors or structural attachments with female threads Also for use with Snake+6 anchor (not included); part number 640150 Note: Branch line structural attachments are for restraint only and not for the hanging of fire sprinkler piping. www.erico.com tuffiflaMe 1- Maximum Restraint Lengths Continuous Threaded Rod Reference: NFPA1 3, (2007) *Reference: NFPA13, (2010) S Other products available for restraint lengths over 40" (960 mm). Visit www.erico.com for more fire protection and hanging & bracing solutions. FM is a registered certification mark of FM Approvals LLC, LTD. NFPA is a registered trademark of the National Fire Protection Association. Snake+ is a registered trademark of Powers Fasteners, Inc. cULus is a registered certification mark of UL LLC. WARNING ERICO products shall be installed and used only as indicated in ERICO's product instruction sheets and training materials. Instruction sheets are available at www.erico.com and from your ERICO customer service representative. Improper installation, misuse, misapplication or other failure to completely follow ERICO's instructions and warnings may cause product malfunction, property damage, serious bodily injury and death. WARRANTY ERICO products are warranted to be free from defects in material and workmanship at the time of shipment NO OTHER WARRANTY WHETHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED (INCLUDING ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE), SHALL EXIST IN CONNECTION WITH THE SALE OR USE OF ANY ERICO PRODUCTS. Claims for errors, shortages, defects or nonconformities ascertainable upon inspection must be made in writing within 5 days after Buyer's receipt of products. All other claims must be made in writing to ERICO within 6 months from the date of shipment or transport. Products claimed to be nonconforming or defective must upon ERICO's prior written approval in accordance with its standard terms and procedures governing returns, promptly be returned to ERICO for inspection. Claims not made as provided above and within the applicable time period will be barred. ERICO shall in no event be responsible if the products have not been stored or used in accordance with its specifications and recommended procedures. ERICO will, at its option, either repair or replace nonconforming or defective products for which it is responsible or return the purchase price to the Buyer. THE FOREGOING STATES BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH OF ERICO WARRANTY AND FOR ANY CLAIM, WHETHER SOUNDING IN CONTRACT, TORT OR NEGLIGENCE, FOR LOSS OR INJURY CAUSED BY THE SALE OR USE OF ANY PRODUCT. LIMITATION OF LIABILITY ERICO excludes all liability except such liability that is directly attributable to the willful or gross negligence of ERICO's employees. Should ERICO be held liable its liability shall in no event exceed the total purchase price under the contract. ERICO SHALL IN NO EVENT BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY LOSS OF BUSINESS OR PROFITS, DOWNTIME OR DELAY, LABOR, REPAIR MATERIAL COSTS OR ANY SIMILAR OR DISSIMILAR CONSEQUENTIAL LOSS OR DAMAGE INCURRED BY BUYER. Copyright 02012 ERICO International Corporation. All rights reserved. CADDY. CADWELD, CRITEC, ERICO, ERIFLEX, ERITECH, and LENTON are registered trademarks of ERICO International Corporation. MI095S.WWEN DM14S1LT1lWNEN 10M0312 ii 4-Way Riser Brace (plan view) Fig. 41 - Longitudinal "In-Line" Sway Brace Attachment Size Range: 21/2 (65mm) through 8" (200mm) IPS. Material: Steel Function: For bracing pipe against sway and seismic disturbance. Approvals: Approved by Factory Mutual Engineering (FM), 21/2 (65mm) through 8° (200mm) pipe. For UL Listed information refer to page 46. Installation Instructions: Fig. 4L is the braced pipe' attachment component of a longitudinal sway brace assembly. It is intended to be combined with the "bracing pipe" and Cooper B-Line/TOLCO structural attachment component to form a complete bracing assembly. NFPA 13 and/or FM guidelines should be followed. To Install: Place the Fig. 4L over the pipe to be braced and tighten bolts. Then engage "bracing pipe" into jaw opening and tighten set bolt until head snaps off. Jaw attachment can pivot for adjustment to proper brace angle. Finish: Plain. Contact Cooper B-Line for alternative finishes and materials. Order By Figure number, pipe size and finish. Designed to meet or exceed requirements of FM DS 2-8. ®TOLCO <e> APPROVED St Rnit £ Hardware Inthided Longitudinal Brace No. 4L-2112 __ Pa rt Pipe Size 21/2 (65) 6/16" (163.5) in. 21/2' (MM) (63.5) in. 2/4" (MM) (69.8) 1/2"-13 1030(4.58) *Max. Design 1180(5.24) Load (FM) 1420(6.31) 1590(7.07) _J4i 253 (114.7) 41-3 (80) (177.8) 2/4" (69.8) 31/16" (77.8) 1/2"13 1030(4.58) 1180(5.24) 1420(6.31) 1590(7.07) 268 (121.5) 414 (100) 81/2" (215.9) 3/8" (85.7) 311/16" (93.7) 1/2"..13 530(2.36) 730(325) 890(3.96) 990(4.4 348 (157.8) 41-5 (125) 93/4" (247.6) 3I8" (98.4) 4 /8" (111.1) 1/2".13 530(2.36) 730(3.25) 890(3.96) 990(4.40) 380 (172.3) 41-6 (150) 111/2" (292.1) 5" (127.0) 51/8" (130.2) 1/2"13 530(2.36) 730(3.25) 890(3.96) 990(4.40) 640 (290.3) 41-8 (200) 1 131/4" 1 (336.5) 5/8" (142.8) 5I8" (142.9) 1/2"13 1 490(2.18) 680(3.0 830(3.65) 1 930(4.13) 1 728 1 (330.2) FM Approved when used with 1", 11/4", 11112" or 2" Sch. 40 brace pipe. FM Approved design loads are based on ASD design method. Cooper B-Line, Inc.'s ("Cooper B-Line") seismic bracing components are designed to be compatible only with other Cooper B-Line bracing components, resulting in a listed seismic bracing assembly. Cooper-13-Line's warranty for seismic bracing components will be the warranty provided in Cooper B-Line's standard terms and conditions of sale made available by Cooper B-Line, except that, in addition to the other exclusions from Cooper B-Line's warranty, Cooper 13-line makes no warranty relating to Cooper B-Line's seismic bracing components that are combined with products not provided by Cooper B-Line. All dimensions in charts and on drawings are in inches. Dimensions shown in parentheses are in millimeters unless otherwise specified. cOOL B-Line 4A-5 thru 4A-12 Fig. 4LA - Longitudinal "In-Line" Sway Brace Attachment Size Range: 1(25mm) through 12' (300mm) IPS. Material: Steel Function: For bracing pipe against sway and seismic disturbance. Approvals: Underwriters Laboratories Listed in the USA (UL) and Canada (cUL) 1" (25mm) through 10" (250mm) pipe. For FM Approval information refer to page 47131. Installation Instructions: Fig. 4LA can be used as the system attachment component of a longitudinal or lateral brace assembly. It is intended to be combined with the "bracing member" and Cooper B-LineITOLCO transitional attachment and structural attachment to form a complete bracing assembly. For fire sprinkler applications NFPA 13 guidelines should be followed. To Install: Place the Fig. 4LA pipe clamp component over the pipe to be braced and tighten down the break-off nuts until the hex head portion breaks off to verify correct installation torque. Next engage brace member (pipe or strut) with jaw component and tighten break-off head bolt until the hex head breaks off to verify correct installation torque. Pivot jaw for correct angle and attach to structure using Cooper B-Line/TOLCO brand transitional attachment and structural attachment. Finish: Plain or Electro-Galvanized. Contact Cooper B-Line for alternative finishes and materials. Order By: Figure number, pipe size and finish. ®TDLCcr C US USTED I ee IFA1A 4LA-1 tin 41.A-4 Part Pipe Size A I I ' /8-16 Bolt LlLongitudinal UL Max. Rec. Ll 1Latl Wt./1100 1000 '(4.45)' 119 41A-11/4 11/4 (32) 329/32 (993) 13/8" (353) 13/8 (353) 3/8"-16 1000 (445) 123 (558) 41.A-11/2 11/2" (40) 4/32" (105.7) 11/2" (38.5) 11/2" (38.5) 3/8 -16 1000 (4.45) 127 (57.6) 4LA-2 (50) 511/32" (135.6) 21/32" (51.9) 21/16' (51.9) 3/'-16 1000 (4.45) 142 (64.4) 4LA-2112 21/2" (65) 527/32" (148.7) 25/16" (58.5) 25/16" (58.5) 3/8 -16 1000 (4.45) 173 (78.5) 41A-3 (80) 61/2" (164.9) 25/8" (66.6) 25/8' (66.6) 3/8 -16 1000 (4.45) 187 (84.8) 4I_31/2 31/2" (90) 7.407" (188.1) 27/8" (73.1) 27/8" (73.1) 3/8 -16 1000 (4.45) 198 (89.8) 4LA-4 (100) 713/32" (190.8) 31/8" (79.5) 31/8" (79.5) 31811-16 1000 (4.45) 209 (94.8) 4LA-5 (125) 8/4" (222.3) 3/8' (92.1) 3/8" (92.1) 1/2"_13 1600 (7.12) 298 (135.2) 4LA-6 (150) 10/8" (269.9) 49/16" (115.9) 49/16" (115.9) 1/2"_13 1600 (7.12) 521 (236.3) 41A-8 8" (200) 1213/16" (325.5) 59/16" (143.7) 521/32" (143.7) 1/211..13 2015 (7.12) 629 (285.3) 4LA-10 10' (250) 161/2" (419.1) 71/4" (184.2) 71/4' (184.2) 1/2"13 2765 (8.96) 1320 (598.7) 4LA-12 12" (300) 181/2" (469.9) 81/4" (209.6) 81/4" (209.6) 1/2"13 -- -- 1496 (678.6) Cooper B-Line, Inc.'s ("Cooper B-Line") seismic bracing components are designed to be compatible only with other Cooper B-Line bracing components, resulting in a listed seismic bracing assembly. Cooper-B-Line's warranty for seismic bracing components will be the warranty provided in Cooper 113-Line's standard terms and conditions of sale made available by Cooper B-Line, except that, in • addition to the other exclusions from Cooper B-Line's warranty, Cooper 13-line makes no warranty relating to Cooper B-Line's seismic bracing components that are combined with products not provided by Cooper B-Line. All dimensions in charts and on drawings are In Inches. Dimensions shown In parentheses are in millimeters unless otherwise specified. Fig. 4LA - Longitudinal "In-Line" Sway Brace Attachment Size Range: 1 (25mm) through 12" (300mm) IPS. .Material: Steel Function: For bracing pipe against sway and seismic disturbance. Approvals: Approved by Factory Mutual Engineering (FM), 1 "(25mm) through 12" (300mm) pipe. For UL Listed information refer to page 47A. Installation Instructions: Fig. 4LA can be used as the system attachment component of a longitudinal or lateral brace assembly. It is intended to be combined with the bracing member' and Cooper B-Line/TOLCO transitiona attachment and structural attachment to form a complete bracing assembly. For fire sprinkler applications NFPA 13 guidelines should be followed. To Install: Place the Fig. 4LA pipe clamp component over the pipe to be braced and tighten down the break-off nuts until the hex head portion breaks off to verify correct installation torque. Next engage brace member (pipe or strut) with jaw component and tighten break-off head bolt until the hex head breaks off to verify correct installation torque. Pivot jaw for correct angle and attach to structure using Cooper B-Line/TOLCO brand transitional attachment and structural attachment. Finish: Plain or Electro-Galvanized. Contact Cooper B-Line for alternative finishes and materials. Order By: Figure number, pipe size and finish. Lateral Brace Longitudinal Brace ®TOLCD APP ROVED - 4LA-1 tluu 41.A-4 r 4ø I 4LA-5 thu 4LA-I2 Part Pipe Size A 5)9/2 '(33$1' C D (33$) Bolt Size 3/8 -16 67 29)138T11 FM Max. Rec. Load Longitudinal & Lateral** Approx. Wt./i 00 i 41.A-1114 11/4" (32) 329/32" (99.3) 13/8" _(35.3) _1 I8" _(35.3) _1320(5.87) _123 (55.8) 4LA-1112 11/2" (40) 4 /32" (105.7) 11/2" (38.5) 11/2" (38.5) 3/8 -16 _680(3.02) 970(4.31) 1190(5.29) 1320(5.87) (57.6) 4LA-2 (50) 511/32" (135.6) 21/32" (51.9) 21/16" (51.9) /8"-16 680(3.02) 970(4.31) 1190(5.29) 1320(5.87) 142 (64.4) 4LA-2112 21/2" (65) 527/32" (148.7) 25/16" (58.5) 25/16" (58.5) 3/"-16 680(3.02) 970(4.31) 1190(5.29) 1320 (5.87) _127 173 (78.5) 4LA-3 (80) 61/2" (164.9) 2/8" (66.6) 25/8" (66.6) 3/8"-16 _680(3.02) 680(3.02) _970(4.31)11190_(5.29) 970(4.31) 1190(5.29) 1320(5.87) 187 (84.8) 4_31/2 31/2" (90) 7.407" (188.1) 27/8" (73.1) 2/8" (73.1) _3/8 -16 /8"-16 680 (3.02) 970(4.31) 1190(5.29) 1320 (5.87) 198 (89.8) 4LA-4 (100) 713/32" (190.8) 31/8" (79.5) 31/8" (79.5) /8"-16 680(3.02) 970(4.31) 1190(5.29) 1320(5.87) 209 (94.8) 4LA-5 (125) 8/4" (222.3) 35/8" (92.1) 35/8" (92.1) 1/2"_13 -- -- -- -- 298 (135.2) 4LA-6 (150) 105/8" (269.9) 49/16" (115.9) 49/16" (115.9) 1/2"_13 1620(7.20) Note Note Note 521 (236.3) 4LA-8 8" (200) 1213/16" (325.5) 59/16" (143.7) 521/32" (143.7) 1/2"13 1620(7.20) Note 2 Note4 Note6 629 (285.3) 4LA-10 10" (250) 161/2" (419.1) 71/4" (184.2) 71/4" (184.2) 1/2"13 1620(7.20) Note 2 Note4 Note6 1320 (598.7) 4LA-12 12" (300) 181/2" (469.9) 81/4" (209.6) 81/4" (209.6) 1/2"13 1620 (7.20) Note 2 Note 4 1 Note 6 1496 (678.6) Longitudinal and Lateral Loads are the same except where noted in chart. Note 1: Longitudinal Load 2260 lbs. (10.05kw) - Lateral Load 2300 lbs. (10.23kw) Note 2 Longitudinal Load 1660 lbs. (7.38kw) - Lateral Load 2300 lbs. (10.23kw) Note 3 Longitudinal Load 2010 lbs. (8.94kw) - Lateral Load 2820 lbs. (12.54kN) Note 4: Longitudinal Load 1570 lbs. (6.98kN) - Lateral Load 2820 lbs. (12.54kN) Note 5: Longitudinal Load 2220 lbs. (9.87kN) - Lateral Load 3140 lbs. (13.96kN) Note 6 Longitudinal Load 1740 lbs. (7.74kN) - Lateral Load 3140 lbs. (13.96kN) Cooper B-Line, Inc.'s ("Cooper B-Line") seismic bracing components are designed to be compatible only with other Cooper B-Line bracing components, resulting in a listed seismic bracing assembly. Cooper-B-Line's warranty for seismic bracing components will be the warranty provided in Cooper B-Line's standard terms and conditions of sale made available by Cooper B-Line, except that, in addition to the other exclusions from Cooper B-Line's warranty, Cooper 13-line makes no warranty relating to Cooper B-Line's seismic bracing components that are combined with products not provided by Cooper B-Line. All dimensions in charts and on drawings are In inches. Dimensions shown In parentheses are in millimeters unless otherwise specified. Pp- 00 COOPER B-Line ®TDLCcY ApPaovEo Cone Point . Set Bolts A Set Bolts Included Cone Point Set Bolt B • Fig. 828 - Universal Sway Brace Attachment to Steel Size Range: One size accommodates all Fig. 900 Series sway brace attachments. Fits from /8" (9.4mm) to /8" (22.2mm) thick steel structure. For thicknesses less than /" (9.4mm) refer to Fig. 825. Material: Steel Function: To attach sway bracing to various types of steel structural members. Features: Permits secure non-friction connection without drilling or welding. Unique design allows offset placement on wide flange beam, I-beam, C-channel, open web, welded steel trusses, etc.. Secures brace to structure either across or along the beam. Break-off set bolts allow for visual verification of proper installation torque. Approvals: Factory Mutual Approved (FM). For UL Listed information refer to page 52. Installation Instructions: The Fig. 828 is the structural attachment component of a longitudinal or lateral sway brace assembly. It is intended to be combined with a Cooper B-Line/TOLCO transitional attachment, "bracing pipe" and a Cooper B-Line/TOLCO "braced pipe' attachment to form a complete bracing assembly. NFPA 13 guidelines should be followed. To Install: Place the Fig. 828 on the flange of the beam, truss, or girder. Be sure the attachment is fully engaged to the rear of the opening. lighten the cone point set bolts (A) until the heads break off. Tighten the cone point set bolt (B) until the head breaks off. Remove the flange nut from set bolt (B). Install a TOLCO swivel fitting Fig. 980 or any other Cooper B-Une/TOLCO approved transitional fitting). Use flange nut to secure the swivel fitting. Finish: Plain or Electro-Galvanized Approx. Weight/I®: 275 Lbs. (124.7kg) Order By: Figure number and finish Patent #6,098,942, #8,534,625 Canada Patent #2,286,659 Patent Pending Designed to meet or exceed requirements of FM DS 2-8. S FM Approved Allowable Horizontal Load* With Brace Perpendicular To Beam Brace Angle (degrees from vertical) 300-440 450590 600-740 750-90° 1570 2220 1210 700 (6.98kN) (9.87kN) (5.38kN) (3.11 kN) FM Approved Allowable Horizontal Load* With Brace Parallel To Beam Brace Angle (degrees from vertical) 300-440 450590 600-740 750-900 690 970 1210 1330 (3.07kN) (4.31W)(5.38kN) (5.91kN) FM Approved design loads are based on ASD design method. FIg. 828 Shown with Fig. 980 Beam, truss, or girder JL May pivot in any direction ---------------------------------- Beam, truss, or girder - ----- Fig . 828 Shown with Ag. 980 Cooper B-Line, Inc.'s ("Cooper B-Line") seismic bracing components are designed to be compatible only with other Cooper B-Line bracing components, resulting in a listed seismic bracing assembly. Cooper-B-Line's warranty for seismic bracing components will be the warranty provided in Cooper B-Line's standard terms and conditions of sale made available by Cooper B-Line, except that, in addition to the other exclusions from Cooper B-Line's warranty, Cooper B-line makes no warranty relating to Cooper B-Line's seismic bracing components that are combined with products not provided by Cooper B-Line. All dimensions in charts and on drawings are in inches. Dimensions shown in parentheses are in millimeters unless otherwise specified. E. B-Line Fig. 980 — Universal Swivel Sway Brace Attachment — I8" to 3/4" Size Range: One size fits bracing pipe 1(25mm) thru 2' (50mm), Cooper B-Line 12 gauge (2.6mm) channel, and all structural steel up to 1/4" (31 .7mm) thick Material: Steel Function: Multi-functional attachment to structure or braced pipe fitting. Features: This product's design incorporates a concentric attachment opening which is critical to the performance of structural seismic connections. NFPA 13 indicates clearly that fastener table load values are based only on concentric loading. Mounts to any surface angle. Break off bolt head assures verification of proper installation. Installation: Fig.980 is the structural or transitional attachment component of a longitudinal or lateral sway brace assembly. It is intended to be combined with the "bracing pipe" and Cooper B-LineITOLCO "braced pipe attachment, Fig. 1000, 1001, 4L, or other TOLCO approved attachment to pipe to form a complete bracing assembly. NFPA 13 guidelines should be followed. To Install: Place the Fig. 980 onto the "bracing pipe. Tighten the set bolt until the head breaks off. Attachment can pivot for adjustment to proper brace angle. Approvals: —Approved by Factory Mutual Engineering (FM). For UL Listed information refer to page 60. Note: Fig. 980 Swivel Attachment and Fig. 1000, 1001, 4L or other TOLCO approved attachment to pipe that make up a sway brace system of UL Listed attachments and bracing materials which satisfies the requirements of Underwriters Laboratories and the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) Finish: Plain, Electro-Galvanized or Stainless Steel. Contact Cooper B-Line for alternative finishes. ®TCLCO APDROVEb K Set Belt Included Mounting Hardware Is Not Included Order By Figure number and finish. Pat. #6,273,372, Pat #6,517,030, Pat. #6,953,174, Pat. #6,708,930, Pat. #7,191,987, Pat #7,441,730, Pat. #7,669,806 Designed to meet or exceed requirements of FM DS 2-8. Fig. 980- 0. - Fig. 4L Longitudinal Brace * Standard size. Installed with 1" or 11/4" Schedule 40 brace pipe. FM Approved design loads are based on ASD design method. Cooper B-Line, Inc.'s ("Cooper B-Line") seismic bracing components are designed to be compatible only with other Cooper B-Line bracing components, resulting in a listed seismic bracing assembly. Cooper-B-Line's warranty for seismic bracing components will be the warranty provided in Cooper B-Line's standard terms and conditions of sale made available by Cooper B-Line, except that, in . addition to the other exclusions from Cooper B-Line's warranty, Cooper B-line makes no warranty relating to Cooper B-Line's seismic bracing components that are combined with products not provided by Cooper B-Line. All dimensions in charts and on drawings are in inches. Dimensions shown in parentheses are in millimeters unless otherwise specified. pp— CODB B-Line ®TDLCD <E> APPROVED Fig. 1001 - Sway Brace Attachment Size Range: Pipe size to be braced: 21A (65mm) thru & (200mm) IPS. * Pipe size used for bracing: 1(25mm) and 11/4" (32mm) Schedule 40 IPS. Material: Steel Function: For bracing pipe against sway and seismic disturbance. The pipe attachment component of a sway brace system: Fig. 1001 is used in conjunction with a Fig. 900 Series fitting and joined together with bracing pipe per NFPA 13, forming a complete sway brace assembly. Features: Can be used to brace schedules 7 through 40 IPS. Field adjustable, making critical pre-engineering of bracing pipe length unnecessary. Unique design requires no threading of bracing pipe. Can be used as a component of a four-way riser brace. Comes assembled and ready for installation. Fig. 1001 has built-in visual verification of correct installation. See installation note below. Installation Note: Position Fig. 1001 over the pipe to be braced and tighten two hex head cone point set bolts until heads bottom out. A minimum of 1" (25mm) pipe extension is recommended. Brace pipe can be installed on top or bottom of pipe to be braced. Approvals: Approved by Factory Mutual Engineering For UL Listed information refer to page 64. Finish: Plain. Contact Cooper B-Line for alternative finishes and materials. Order By Order by figure number, pipe size to be braced, followed by pipe size used for bracing (1" (25mm) or 11/4" (32mm)) , and finish. Important Note: Fig. 1001 is precision manufactured to perform its function as a critical component of a complete bracing assembly. To ensure performance, the FM Approval requires that Fig. 1001 must be used only with other Cooper B-LineITOLCO bracing products. Designed to meet or exceed requirements of FM DS 2-8. I 21/2" (65) 1001-2I2 X 1 l 138.6 I Capacity I111J1}A1IIDIBrace (62.8) 1001_21/2 X 114 I: 160.4 (72.7) 800 M&()RuI (3.56) 1130 (5.02) ,I. ls 1380 (6.14) 11540 ) Per Installation 'I. (6.85) (80) 1001-3 X 1 147.2 (66.7) 1001-3 X 11/4 168.7 (76,5) 850 (3.78) 1200 (5.34) 1470 (6.54) 1640 (7.29) (100) 1001-4 X 1 160.9 (73.0) 1001-4 X 11/4 182.4 (82.7) 850 (3.78) 1200 (5.34) 1470 (6.54) 1640 (7.29) 6" (150) 1001-6 X 190.0 (86.2) 1001-6 X 11M 211.4 (95.9) 510 (2.27) 730 (3.25) 890 (3.96) 990 (4.40) 8" (200) 1001-8 Xi 217.4 1 (98.6) 1 1001-8 X 1I4 1 238.8 (108.3) 1 510 (2.27)1 730 1 (3.25) 1 890 (3.96) 1 990 1 (4.40) 1 FM Approved when used with 1, 11/4,11/2, or 2 inch NPS Schedule 40 GB/I 3091 EN 10255H, or JIS G3451 steel pipe as the brace member. 2 Load rating for LW above refers to FM Approved Lightwall Pipe commonly referred to as Schedule 7". These ratings may also be applied when EN 10220 and GB/I 8163 steel pipe. Load rating for Schedule 10 above may be applied to GB/I 3092,EN 10255M and H, or AS G3454, FM Approved Thinwall, or Schedule 40 steel pipes. All dimensions in charts and on drawings are in inches. Dimensions shown in parentheses are in millimeters unless otherwise specified. P p—OOER B-Line VALVES & MISC. 0 S ® POTF ER The Symbol of Protection Specifications subject to change without notice. Ordering Information Nominal Pipe Size Model Part Number 2" DNSO VSR-2 1144402 2 1/2" DN65 VSR-2 1/2 1144425 3" DN80 VSR-3 1144403 3 1/2" - VSR-3 1/2 1144.435 4" DN100 VSR-4 1144404 5" - VSR-5 1144405 6" DN150 VSR-6 1144406 8" DN200 VSR-8 1144408 Optional: Cover Tamper Switch Kit, stock no. 0090148 Replaceable Components: Retard/Switch Assembly, stock no. 1029030 VSR VANE TYPE WATERFLOW ALARM SWITCH WITH RETARD UL, CUL and CSFM Listed, FM Approved, LPCBApproved, For CE Marked (EN12259-5) /VdS Approved model use VSR-EU Service Pressure: 450 PSI (31 BAR) - UL Flow Sensitivity Range for Signal: 4-10 GPM(15-38 LPM) -UL Maximum Surge: 18 FPS (5.5 m/s) Contact Ratings: Two sets of SPDT (Form C) 10.0Amps at 125/25OVAC 2.0 Amps at 30VDC Resistive 10 mAmps mm. at24VDC Conduit Entrances: Two knockouts provided for 1/2" conduit. Individual switch compartments suitable for dissimilar voltages. Environmental Specifications: NEMA4/IP54 Rated Enclosure suitable for indoor or outdoor use with factory installed gasket and die-cast housing when used with appropriate conduit fitting. Temperature Range: 40°F - 120°F, (4.5°C - 49°C) -TJL Non-corrosive sleeve factory installed in saddle. Service Use: Automatic Sprinkler NFPA-13 One or two family dwelling NFPA-13D Residential occupancy up to four stories NFPA-13R National Fire Alarm Code NFPA-72 AwA1wt w - Installation must be performed by qualified personnel and in accordance with all national and local codes and ordinances. Shock hazard. Disconnect power source before servicing. Serious injury or death could result. Risk of explosion. Not for use in hazardous locations. Serious injury or death could result. I CAUTION I Lterflow switches that are monitoring wetpipe sprinkler systems be used as the sole initiating device to discharge AFFF, del chemical suppression systems. Waterfiow switches used for ,lication may result in unintended discharges caused by sin pped air, or short retard times. Important: This document contains important information on the installation and operation of the VSR waterfiow switches. Please read all instructions carefully before beginning installation. A copy of this document is required by NFPA 72 to be maintained on site. General Information Enclosure The Model VSR is a vane type waterfiow switch for use on wet sprinkler The VSR switches and retard device are enclosed in a general purpose, systems. It is UL Listed for use on a steel pipe; schedules 5 through 40, die-cast housing. The cover is held in place with two tamper resistant sizes 2" - 6" and is UL Listed and FM Approved for use on steel pipe; screws which require a special key for removal. A field installable schedules 10 through 40, sizes 2" thru 8" (50 mm thru 200 mm). LPC cover tamper switch is available as an option which may be used approved sizes are 2" thru 8" (50 mm thru 200 mm). See Ordering to indicate unauthorized removal of the cover. See bulletin number Information chart. 5401103 for installation instructions of this switch. The VSR may also be used as a sectional waterfiow detector on large systems. The VSR contains two single pole, double throw, snap action switches and an adjustable, instantly recycling pneumatic retard. The switches are actuated when a flow of 10 GPM (38 LPM) or more occurs downstream of the device. The flow condition must exist for a period of time necessary to overcome the selected retard period. Potter Electric Sigal Corn', LLC'St. Louis, MO•Phone: 866-956-1211/Canada 888-882-1833• www.pottersignal.com PRJNThD IN USA MFG. #5401146. REV M PAGE 1 OF 4 11/15 VSR _®POTTER VANE TYPE WATERFLOW Allk The Symbol of Protection ALARM SWITCH WITH RETARD stallation (see Fig. 1) These devices may be mounted on horizontal or vertical pipe. On horizontal pipe they shall be installed on the top side of the pipe where they will be accessible. The device should not be installed within 6" (15 cm) of a fitting which changes the direction of the waterfiow or within 24" (60 cm) of a valve or drain. NOTE: Do not leave cover off for an extended period of time. Drain the system and drill a hole in the pipe using a hole saw in a slow speed drill (see Fig. 1). Clean the inside pipe of all growth or other material for a distance equal to the pipe diameter on either side of the hole. Roll the vane so that it may be inserted into the hole; do not bend or crease it. Insert the vane so that the arrow on the saddle points in the direction of the waterfiow. Take care not to damage the non-corrosive bushing in the saddle. The bushing should fit inside the hole in the pipe. Install the saddle strap and tighten nuts alternately to required torque (see the chart in Fig. 1). The vane must not rub the inside of the pipe or bind in any way. A CAUTION Do not trim the paddle. Failure to follow these instructions may prevent the device from operating and will void the warranty. Do not obstruct or otherwise prevent the trip stem of the flow switch from moving when water flows as this could damage the flow switch and prevent an alarm. If an alarm is not desired, a qualified technician should disable the alarm system. DONOTLEAVE COVER OFF FOR Retard Adjustment 1• 1 E7RNDRDPFJJOD OF TLWE The delay can be adjusted by rotating the retard adjustment knob from 0 to the max setting (60-90 seconds). The time delay should be set at the minimum required to prevent false alarms CAUTION Hole must be drilled perpendicular to the pipe and vertically centered Infer to the Compatible Pipe/Installation Requirements chart for size. Correct Incorrect -E~H- -ERE~- (lI1LIJ1 MOUNT ON PIPE SO ARROW ON SADDLE POINTS IN DIRECFION OF WATEEFLOW DIRECTION OF WATERPLOW ROLL PADDLE IN OPPOSITE DIRECTION OF WATERFLOW (Flowing water activates device in one direction only.) Eva. 1146-11 ADAPTER DAPTER 20mm ±2mm MAX. DNSO ONLY USE (2) 5180162 ADAPTERS AS SHOWN ABOVE DWON 1146-IF Compatible Pipe! Installation Requirements Model Nominal Pipe Size Nominal Pipe O.D. _______ Pipe Wall Thickness Hole Size U-Bolt Nuts Torque Lightwall Schedule 10 (UL) Schedule 40 (DL) BS-1387 (LPC) DN (VDS) inch mm inch mm inch mm inch mm inch mm inch mm inch mm ft-lb n-rn VSR-2 2 DN50 2.375 60.3 .065 1.651 0.109 0.154 3.91 0.142 3.6 0.091 2.3 125+125/. .062 33.0±2.0 VSR-2 1/2 2.5 - 2.875 73.0 .084 2.134 0.120 0.203 5.16 - - - - VSR-2 1/2 - DN65 3.000 76.1 - - - - - 0.142 3.6 0.102 2.6 VSR-3 3 DNSO 3.500 88.9 .083 2.108 0.120 inchr 3 5 0.216 5.49 0.157 4.0 0.114 2.9 2.00±125 50.8±2.0 20 27 VSR-3 1/2 35 - 4.000 101.6 - - 0.120 0.226 5.74 - - - - VSR-4 4 - DNlOO 4.500 - 114.3 - .084 - 2.134 - 0.120 0.237 6.02 0.177 4.5 0.126 3.2 VSR-5 5 -5.563 141.3 --0.134 0.258 6.55 - - - - 6 DN1SO 6.625 168.3 .115 2.921 0.134 0.280 7.11 0.197 5.0 0.157 4.0 R-8 8 1 DN200 8.625 1 219.1 - - 0.148 3.76 0.322 8.18 0.248 6.3 0.177 4.5 riu in: For copper or plastic pipe use Model VS PRINTED IN USA MFG. #5401146 - REV M PAGE 2 OF 4 11/15 00 tp ORE. •1148-16 Fig. 6 Mounting Dimensions 3.50 in in ki owa,14s4 NOMINAL PIPE DLA. +1.75 in (+44.5 MM) FOR ON 50 —DNAS 2-2.5 in NOMINAL PIPE DIA. +2.125 in (+54.0 MM) FOR ON 80— DN 200 3-8 in PRINTED IN USA MFG.#5401146. REV M 11/15 (E)POTTER The Symbol of Protection VSR VANE TYPE WATERFLOW ALARM SWITCH WITH RETARD Fig. 2 Fig. 3 To remove knockouts: Place screwdriver at Break out thin section of cover when inside edge of knockouts, not in the centen wiring both switches from one conduit \ 1Th entrance. NOTICE Do not drill into the base as this creates metal shavings which can create electrical hazards and damage the device. Drilling voids the warranty. Fig. 4 Switch Terminal Connections Clamping Plate Terminal ..-;\ An uninsulated section of a single conductor should not be looped around the terminal and serve as two separate connections. The wire must be severed, thereby providing supervision of the connection in the event that the wire become dislodged from under the terminal. Failure to sever the wire may render the device inoperable risking severe property damage and loss of life. Do not ship wire beyond 3/8" of length or expose an uninsulated conductor beyond the edge of the terminal block. When using stranded wire, capture all strands under the clamping plate. 959 Fig. 5 typical Electrical Connections NEUTRAL FROM BREAKER Notes: The Model VSR has two switches, one can be used to operate a central S station, proprietary or remote signaling unit, while the other contact is used to operate a local audible or visual annunciator. For supervised circuits, see "Switch Terminal Connections" drawing and warning note (Fig. 4). CONNECTOR NEUTRAL FROM BELL 1BW EOL (End Of Line Resister) NOTE When connecting to, EL Listed control panel, use the panel's Testing The frequency of inspection and testing br the Model VSR and its associated protective monitoring system shall be in accordance with applicable NFPA Codes and Standards and/or the authority having jurisdiction (manufacturer recommends quarterly or more frequently). If provided, the inspector's test valve shall always be used for test purposes. If there are no provisions for testing the operation of the flow detection device on the system, application of the VSR is not recommended or advisable. A minimum flow of 10 GPM (38 LPM) is required to activate this device. se the person responsible for testing of the fire protection system that this system must be tested in accordance the testing instructions. Fig. 7 GREEN GROUND PAGE 3 OF 4 (E)POTTER VSR The Symbol of Protection ALARM SWITCH WITH RETARD kma=intenance Inspect detectors monthly. If leaks are found, replace the detector. The VSR waterfiow switch should provide years of trouble-free service. The retard and switch assembly are easily field replaceable. In the unlikely event that either component does not perform properly, please order replacement retard switch assembly stock #1029030 (see Fig. 8). There is no maintenance required, only periodic testing and inspection. Retard/Switch Assembly Replacement (See Fig. 8) 9 The Retard/Switch Assembly is field-replaceable without draining the system or removing the waterfiow switch from the pipe Make sure the fire alarm zone or circuit connected to the waterfiow switch is bypassed or otherwise taken out of service. Disconnect the power source for local bell (if applicable). Identify and remove all wires from the waterfiow switch. Remove the (2) mounting screws holding retard/switch assembly to the base. Do not remove the (2) retard housing screws. Remove the retard assembly by lifting it straight up over the tripstem. Install the new retard assembly. Make sure the locating pins on the retard/switch assembly fit into the locating pin bosses on the base. Re-install the (2) original mounting screws. Reconnect all wires. Perform a flow test and place the system back in service. REMOVE (2) ORIGINAL MOUNTING SCREWS HOLDING RETARD/SWITCH ASSEMBLY TO BASE BREAKOUTTHINSECFIONOFCOVER WHEN WIRING BOTH SWITCHES FROM ONE CONDUIT ENTRANCE. (2) ORIGINAL MOUNTING RETARD/SWiTCH ASSEMBLY / CREWS f '14Ih 1111i___ JIM 4 I FIgS DO NOT REMO\ (2) RETARD HO1 SCREWS (2) LOCATE' BOSSES IN] DWG# 1146-10 Removal of Waterfiow Switch • To prevent accidental water damage, all control valves should be shut tight and the system completely drained before waterfiow detectors are removed or replaced. • Turn off electrical power to the detector, then disconnect wiring. • Loosen nuts and remove U-bolts. • Gently lift the saddle far enough to get your fingers under it. With your fingers, roll the vane so it will fit through the hole while continuing to lift the waterfiow detector saddle. Lift detector clear of pipe. PRINTED IN USA MFG. #5401146 - REV M PAGE 4 OF 4 11/15 1J, 57 Hum Sectional Floor Control Test and Drain Valve for Systems Requiring Pressure Relief Valve he AGF Model 1011A TESTMIDRAIN® provides the test and express drain functions for wet fire sprinkler systems on multi-story installations requiring pressure relief (NFPA 13 and NFPA 13R). The Model 101 1A features a Model 7000 Pres- sure Relief Valve with drain pipe. The Model 101IA is available in a full range of sizes (3411 to 2) with NPT connections (BSPT available). The Model 7000 Pressure Relief Valve (UL/FM) features a flushing handle and a 175 PSI factory rating (other pressure ratings available). Complies with NFPA 13 and NFPA 13R Requirements Compact, Single-Handle Ball Valve Tamper-Resistant Test Orifice and Sight Glasses 300 PSI rated. Specifiable orifice sizes: W (2.8K), 7A6" (4.2K), ½" (5.6K), 17/32" (8.0K), /8" (11.2K, ELO), 34" (14.0K, ESFR), and K25 Relieves Excess System Pressure caused by Surges or Temperature Changes Shipped with Relief Valve and Bypass Drain Ports Plugged to Expedite Pressure Testing Locking Kit Available Repair kits are available for all TESTANDRAIN® valves. Kit includes: Adapter Gasket (1), Ball (1), Valve Seats (2), Stem Packing (1), and Stem Washer (1). Valve and orifice size must be specified when ordering. NOTE: It is important to note that the pressure rating of the relief valve indicates an operating range of pressure for both opening and closing of the valve. Standard relief valves are required to OPEN in a range of pressure between 90% and 105% of their rating. The valves are required to CLOSE at a pressure .bove 80% of that rating. The relief valve should be installed where it is easily accessible for maintenance. Care should be taken that the relief valve CANNOT e isolated from the system when the system is operational. A relief valve should NEVER have a shutoff valve or a plug downstream of its outlet. SS-Ml 011AV001 06113 TESTANDRAINO is a registered trademark of AGF Manufacturing Inc. 0 us= TAN DRAIN® Model 1011 A 300 PSI Bronze Ball Valve, Model 7000 Pressure Relief Valve MIMI Factory Rated at 175 PSI with other setting available Model 1011 - Front View Job Name: Architect: Engineer: Contractor: AGF Manufacturing Inc. 100 Quaker Lane, Malvern, PA 19355 Phone: 610-240-4900 Fax: 610-240-4906 www.testandrain.com SIZE A B C D E F G H V4" 76" 11½" 23/is" 35A" 33/8 1146 46" 63A" (191 mm) (37.5 mm) (57 mm) (93 mm) (86 mm) (46 mm) (117 mm) (162.5 mm) " 79As" 1½" 26" 35A" 3 3/8 116" 46" 63W (191 mm) (37.5 mm) (57 mm) (93 mm) (86 mm) (46 mm) (117 mm) (162.5 mm) 11/4" 71" 111/16" 26" 41/4" 35W 116" 59/is" 71h" (201 mm) (43 mm) (65 mm) 008 mm) (91 mm) (51 mm) 041 mm) 092 mm) 1½" 816" 113/16" 31/4" 51/16" 37A" 25W 81/4" 10i" (227 mm) (45 mm) (81.5 mm) 027 mm) (99 mm) (67 mm) (207 mm) (274 mm) 2" 81s" 113A6" 31/4" 51/16" 3/8" 25W 81/4" 107/s" (227 mm) 1 (45 mm) 1 (81.5 mm) (127 mm) (99 mm) 1 (67 mm) 1 (207 mm) 1 (274 mm) The Model 1011 A provides the following... From the 2013 Edition of NFPA 13 Chapter 8.16.2.4.1* Provisions shall be made to properly drain all parts of fhe system. Chapter 8.16.2.4.2 Drain connections, interior sectional or floor control valve(s) - & 8.16.2.4.3 shall be provided with a drain connection having a minimum size as shown in Table 8.16.2.4.2. 40hapter 8.16.2.4.4 Drains shall discharge outside or to a drain capable of handling the flow of the drain. Chapter A.8.17.4.2 (Wet Pipe System) test connection is permitted to terminate into a drain capable of accepting full flow.., using an approved sight test connection containing a smooth bore corrosion-resistant orifice giving a flow equivalent to one sprinkler... Chapter 8.17.4.2.2 The test connection valve shall be accessible. Chapter 8.17.4.2.4 shall be permitted to be installed in any location.., downstream of the waterflow alarm. Chapter 8.17.4.3.1 (Dry Pipe System) a trip test connection not less than 1 in diameter, terminating in a smooth bore corrosion-resistant orifice, to provide a flow equivalent to one sprinkler... Chapter 8.17.4.3.2 The trip test connection... with a shutoff valve and plug not less than 1", at least one of which shall be brass. Chapter 7.1.2 - a wet pipe system shall be provided with a listed relief valve set to operate at 175 PSI or 10 PSI in excess of the maximum system pressure, whichever is greater. Chapter 8.16.1.2.3* A listed relief valve of not less than 1/2" in size shall be provided on the discharge side of the pressure-reducing valve set to operate at a pressure not exceeding rated pressure of the system. Chapter A.8.16.1.2.3 - consideration should be given to piping the discharge from the (pressure relief) valve Model IOIIA- Plan View Orifice Sizes 3/h, I'16", 1/211, 17/3 I 5/Il Et...O*, 34' ESFR*, and K25** Materials Handle................Steel Stem...................Rod Brass Ball ...................... C.P. Brass Body...................Bronze Valve Seat...........Impregnated Teflon3 Indicator Plate .... Steel Relief Valve.........Bronze Bypass Fittings... Brass Bypass Tubing.... Nylobraid Approvals UL and ULC Listed: (EX4019 & EX4533) FM Approved 'o-Imp NYC-BSA No. 720-87-SM MADE IN USA. *Available On 11/4 to 2 size units only • **Available on 11/2 and 2 size units only Dimensions F P P I UL/ULC Listed 300 psi Description FPPI® TrimFite Bronze* Globe Valves are precision cast then machined using state of the art facilities. Each valve features a full floating seat holder for reduced seat wear when closing the valve. Seat is made of pure virgin PTFE for longer seat life and reduced maintenance as compared to rubber seat valves. TrimFit trim valves are suitable for use in regular (1 75psi) and high pressure (300psi) sprinkler systems. Standard configuration is FNPT x FNPT and is available in 1/4" IPS through 2" IPS sizes. Each valve carries the UL Listing UL/ ULC Listed 2R97 Installation Install in accordance with usual and customary installation techniques for fire sprinkler systems. Use a suitable thread sealant on the male threads of the pipe being threadedinto the valve body. We recommend either FPPI PTFE Thread Sealing Tape or PipeFit® Thread Sealing Paste with PTFE. NEVER USE BOTH. DO NOT OVERTIGHTEN. OVERTIGHTENING MAY CAUSE CRACKS OR Specifications Material: Brass* or Bronze* Seat-PTFE Hand wheel-JIS FC 20 painted red. Sizes: 06798001A" IPS FNPT 06-800-001/2" 06-802-00 34" 06-804-00 1" 06-806-00 11/4" 06-808-00 11/2" 06-810-00 2" *Contains lead. Not for use in water systems intended for human consumption. 3198 UONSHEAD AVE CARLSBAD, CA 92010 TEL+1 760 599-1168 + 1 800 344-1822 FAX + 1 800 344-3775 © 2015 Fire Protection Products, Inc. PipeFit5, T,imFit, and FPP15 are registered trademarks of Fire Protection Products, Inc. ® C®,&—" eum4uhmmommy- LISTED LISTED MATERIAL LIST NO. DESCRIPTION NUTERUL 1 Hex Nut Steel 2 Hand Wheel Zinc or Ductile Iron 3 Packing Nut Brass 4 Packing Graphite Non-Asb. Bonnet ('/4" - 111) Bonnet (11/4" -2") Brass Bronze 6 Stem & Disc Holder Brass 7 Body Bronze 0- UNITED BRASS WORKS, INC. 714 S. Main St. Randleman, N.C. 27317 _ 01 Tel: 800-334-3035 Fax: 800-498-4696 www.ubw.com Model 125MM Globe Valve Metal to Metal Seat & Disc 125 lbs. WSP @ 350 O Max 200 lbs. WOG 100% Pressure Tested Threaded Ends Rising Stem Swivel Disc Holder *Contains Lead. Not Intended for Use in Potable Water Svstem * 4 Size 1/4 '/2" %" 1" 1 '/" 1 1/z 2" A 1.75 1.84 2.22 2.47 2.97 3.56 4.06 4.69 B 1.75 1.75 2.03 2.38 2.75 3.00 3.72 3.72 C (closed) 2.88 3.13 3.38 3.50 4.25 4.75 5.50 5.50 Ship Wt. (lbs.) 0.44 0.56 0.80 1.00 1.81 2.57 3.69 5.88 Qty. Unit Pack 12 12 12 6 1 6 4 2 2 Qty. Per Case 60 60 72 60 36 1 24 12 12